Download Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other
Transcript
Equipment planning guide for vocational and technical training and education programmes Audiovisual, draughting office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies Second edition (revised) 1984 e e e e e e e e e * • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • ••••••••••••••••••••••• •!•!•!•»»»!•>!•!•!•!•!• ••••••••» »• • • • • • • •< "«•••••••••••«•••••••••••«•••••A*! !•• •• ••• ••• % •• •£• • •• ••• ••• ••••• ••• ••• ••• ••• ••• ••• ••» • :•:•:•:•: International Labour Office %C(bOÎ/û?37 BMóC C 5) • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • a * • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • a * « • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • a • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • e • • • • • • • • • • • • • •••••••••••••••••••Vf •••••••••••••••••••••• »•>>•••••••%•••••••* Geneva • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • ) • •_• Copyright © International Labour Organisation 1979 and 1984 Publications of the International Labour Office enjoy copyright under Protocol 2 of the Universal Copyright Convention. Nevertheless, short excerpts from them may be reproduced without authorisation, on condition that the source is indicated. For rights of reproduction or translation, application should be made to the Publications Branch (Rights and Permissions), International Labour Office, CH-1211 Geneva 22, Switzerland. The International Labour Office welcomes such applications. ISBN 92-2-103815-7 ISSN 0250-8834 First published 1979 Second edition (revised) 1984 The designations employed in ILO publications, which are in conformity with United Nations practice, and the presentation of material therein do not imply the expression of any opinion whatsoever on the part of the International Labour Office concerning the legal status of any country or territory or of its authorities, or concerning the delimitation of its frontiers. The responsibility for opinions expressed in signed articles, studies and other contributions rests solely with their authors, and publication does not constitute an endorsement by the International Labour Office of the opinions expressed in them. ILO publications can be obtained through major booksellers or ILO local offices in many countries, or direct from ILO Publications, International Labour Office, CH-1211 Geneva 22, Switzerland. A catalogue or list of new publications will be sent free of charge from the above address. Printed in Sweden FOREWORD 1. This second edition of Equipment Planning Guide 15 aims at bringing up-to-date and improving the content of first edition with r e g a r d to latest technological developments. 2. The purpose guidance and help to: of equipment planning guides is to no. the provide - government departments and national institutions in the developing countries, national project directors, teachers, i n s t r u c t o r s , chief technical a d v i s e r s , e x p e r t s , c o n s u l t a n t s , e t c . , so that they may plan t h e i r equipment requirements with accuracy and speed and produce precisely definded technical specifications for equipment requests and workshop layouts; - purchasers in developing and industrialised countries, with a view to simplifying procedures for international competitive bidding and placing o r d e r s ; - firms in developing and i n d u s t r i a l i s e d countries, to enable them to u n d e r s t a n d exactly what is needed when they receive invitations to tender; - teachers and instructors everywhere, so t h a t they may provide l e a r n e r s with technical specifications and information on the c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s of items of equipment in the guide lists. 3. The text of this guide is in English. An a l p h a b e t i c a l index of items titles included in the equipment lists is attached in English; numerical indexes are attached in English, French and Spanish. A French version of this guide is also a v a i l a b l e . L,. The terminology in this guide r e l a t e s to commonly used expressions although definitions may v a r y from country to country. Wherever possible i n t e r n a t i o n a l l y recognised s t a n d a r d s were a p p l i e d . Metric definitions have been given priority over inch definitions. 5. This planning The authors are : guide is the result of a collective effort. - S. Schoen, Chief of ILO's Technical Co-operation Equipment and Subcontracting Branch (EQUIPRO), who developed the conceptual, technical and editorial framework; _ V. Remesh, Senior Procurement Specialist (EQUIPRO), who undertook the technical evaluation of the content, the development and validation of texts and i l l u s t r a t i o n s ; _ J. Gottling, Procurement Specialist pated in the technical evaluation of texts; - B. Andersson, Consultant Council, who developed and some of the t e x t s . (EQUIPRO), who p a r t i c i and in the proof-reading appointed by the g r a p h i c a l - Ill the Swedish Export layouts, illustrations 6. The authors recognise that their attempt to define and compile comprehensive equipment planning guides is a difficult and complex u n d e r t a k i n g . The Technical Co-operation Equipment and Subcontracting Branch (EQUIPRO) at ILO Headquarters would be grateful therefore to the u s e r s for any comments and suggestions on how t h i s guide could be further improved. The guide will be revised at i n t e r v a l s of about five y e a r s if the need a r i s e s . 7. While every care has been taken to ensure the accuracy of the technical d a t a in this g u i d e , the ILO and the authors cannot accept responsibility for any errors which may have occured. Specifications which are subject to change should be confirmed when placing orders with s u p p l i e r s . 8. Subject to mutual agreement, users of t h i s planning guide may also a v a i l themselves of the experience, expertise and services which the ILO can render in p l a n n i n g , p u r c h a s i n g and delivering technical co-operation equipment. Enquiries should be addressed to: Technical Co-operation Equipment and Subcontracting Branch (EQUIPRO) I n t e r n a t i o n a l Labour Office CH-12U Geneva 22 (Switzerland) 9. The ILO gratefully acknowledges the financial assistance of the Swedish Export Council which permitted the preparation of this g u i d e . - IV - CONTENTS Pag€ III FOREWORD HOW TO PLAN EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS HOW TO USE THE EQUIPMENT GUIDE LIST Section Section Section Section Section Section Section Section 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Audiovisual Equipment a n d Supplies Office E q u i p m e n t a n d S u p p l i e s Office Machines Draughting Equipment a n d Supplies Office a n d Classroom F u r n i t u r e Reproduction Equipment a n d Supplies P a p e r a n d P a p e r H a n d l i n g Machines Safety a n d Other A n c i l l a r y E q u i p m e n t a n d S u p p l i e s 4 36 66 80 102 118 138 150 How To A r r a n g e A u d i o v i s u a l Equipment How To P r e p a r e T r a n s p a r e n c i e s Paper - Envelopes How To Use I n k D r a w i n g P e n s a n d L e t t e r i n g T e m p l a t e s Different Methods of R e p r o d u c t i o n C l a s s i f i c a t i o n of F i r e s 165 166 167 168 169 171 ANNEXES Annex Annex Annex Annex Annex Annex I II III IV V VI ALPHABETICAL INDEX OF ITEM TITLES - English 172 NUMERICAL INDEX OF ITEM TITLES - English French Spanish 188 204 221 EQUIPMENT REQUEST (MODEL) 237 LIST OF ILO EQUIPMENT PLANNING GUIDES 238 - V - HOW TO PLAN EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS 1. When planning equipment for vocational and technical training and education programmes, it is important to provide a clear idea of the equipment and layout features desired. Equipment l i s t s for workshop layouts need not be as detailed as purchasing requests but they should give the architect all the information he needs to design an effective layout and to provide safe and adequate operating space. 2. The responsibility for recommending equipment be given to experienced i n s t r u c t o r s / e d u c a t o r s ' who are involved in the relevant programme. should directly 3. Cost should not be the primary criterion for selection. Function, design and after-sales service a r e the three most important considerations and others are durability, accuracy, versatility and low operating costs. 4. Functional equipment must be well-designed, easy to u s e . It must be selected for i t s compatibility contribution to the t r a i n i n g / e d u c a t i o n programme, to which form an essential complement, and it should have the and degree of technical sophistication a p p r o p r i a t e to of skills of those who will use it. 5- Incomplete requests slow down or the . supply of Requests should be is in accordance with safe and with and it should capacity the level or over-elaborate specifications in purchasing the process and may result in l a t e deliveries inadequate, unnecessary or costly equipment. carefully reviewed to ensure that equipment the needs of the p a r t i c u l a r programme. 6. To ensure fair competition, specifications should be so worded a n d ' detailed as to permit and encourage the widest possible market coverage. Specifications must be broad enough to allow several suppliers to submit bids whilst containing enough detail to indicate c l e a r l y the essential characteristics of each item. Such specifications enable the suppliers to understand p a r t i c u l a r requirements and to quote correctly. 7. Specifications should not list features which are not strictly necessary, otherwise certain s u p p l i e r s might, quite wrongly, be discouraged from bidding or unnecessary expenditure might be i n c u r r e d . It i s , however, important to mention special requirements of local laws or conditions, such as t r o p i c a l i s a t i o n and/or dust proofing, the system of weights and measures in use, etc. 8. In exceptional cases the programme may require equipment which is not r e a d i l y a v a i l a b l e and will have to be specially made. In such c a s e s , detailed descriptions and drawings should be provided in enough copies, depending on the type of equipment and the number of firms to be consulted. When the use to which an item of equipment is to be put is not made sufficiently clear by the mention of its name alone, it should be described fully in the equipment r e q u e s t . - 1 - 9. It is essential t h a t there should be an efficient inventory system on the spot, in which the records a r e kept of a l l equipment purchased. As new equipment is received it should be recorded immediately in the inventory, which should contain such information as: (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g) (h) (i) inventory number name or description s e r i a l number purchase order number cost supplier or manufacturer date of p u r c h a s e location maintenance record The information in the inventory will be useful when ordering replacement items and for accounting for a n n u a l maintenance costs. It will also indicate when maintenance is r e q u i r e d more frequently than is normal, in which case it may be time to consider the purchase of new equipment. -2- HOW TO USE THE EQUIPMENT GUIDE LIST 1. The l i s t of equipment in this guide consists of items commonly used in the respective subject a r e a s of vocational and technical t r a i n i n g and education programmes. As opposed to the other guides in this series, t h i s guide does not distinguish between "basic" and "optional" items. It has also not been designed for a p a r t i c u l a r number of l e a r n e r s . To provide for a maximum degree of flexibility it has been left to the users of the list to complete, as necessary, the quantity column and to decide which items and quantities are r e q u i r e d , t a k i n g into account local conditions, varying numbers of l e a r n e r s , different levels of t r a i n i n g / e d u c a t i o n and the funds a v a i l a b l e . 2. For the sake of c l a r i t y and tc avoid problems when ordering, a numerical code is used to identify each item, the first group of figures i n d i c a t i n g the revision (1) and the planning guide (15), the second the section and the t h i r d the i n d i v i d u a l item within a section. For example, the code for the first item in section 1 (Audiov i s u a l Equipment and Supplies) is 115.1.1, and for the second item 115.1.2. Based on project requirements a similar numerical code should be used whenever equipment requests are prepared (see also chapter "Equipment Request (Model)"). 3. All items in the l i s t have n e u t r a l technical specifications so that they may be used for i n t e r n a t i o n a l competitive b i d d i n g . 4. The described. illustrations represent equipment 5. In the beginning of each of its content is provided a s well as to use best the different items. -3- similar section a some ideas to the items short description and hints of how Equipment guide list List number 15: Date of issue Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies September 1984 Section 1 - Audiovisual Equipment and Supplies The audiovisual equipment listed in this section is intended to cover requirements for instruction and education in classrooms, laboratories and workshops of small, medium and l a r g e sizes. The items may also be used for equipping small to medium size auditoriums for the planning and management of t r a i n i n g p r o grammes, for language t r a i n i n g centres and for mobile t r a i n i n g situations. Annex I Annex II - How to a r r a n g e audiovisual equipment How to p r e p a r e t r a n s p a r e n c i e s Equipment and supplies required for mass production of audiovisual media a r e , however, not covered by this section. The b a s i c darkroom kit is for developing and p r i n t i n g black a n d white s t i l l pictures only. However, as there are some developing processes of colour still films which can be performed within given projects, provision has been made in this guide for the ordering of chemicals. The code number of the colour developing process should be specified in equipment r e q u e s t s . This section also broadcasting and cassette formats, specifications are includes video equipment. In view of different TV colour coding systems as well as v a r y i n g video projects should ensure t h a t detailed and full given in their r e q u e s t s . Page 4 Equipment guide list List number 15: Date of issue Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies September 1984 Item Description 115.1.1 Portable Overhead Projector Quantity Illustration with wide angle lens for short projection d i s t a n c e , a p p r o x . 250-400 Watt halogène lamp, working surface 250 x 250 mm, complete with: 5 spare b u l b s , strong c a r r y i n g c a s e , cable and p l u g , u s e r ' s manual. 115.1.2 Stationary Overhead Projector with high q u a l i t y optical a n d ventilation system, strongly constructed for medium-sized classrooms, a p p r o x . 250 Watt low voltage lamp, working surface 285 x 285 mm, complete with: 5 spare b u l b s , strong dust cover, cable and p l u g , u s e r ' s manual. 115.1.3 Overhead Projector with Reel Attachment strongly constructed for medium and l a r g e - s i z e d classrooms, a p p r o x . 400 Watt low voltage lamp, working surface 285 x 285 mm, complete with: 2 acetate reels (approx. 20 m e a c h ) , dust cover, cable and p l u g , 5 spare b u l b s , u s e r ' s manual. Note: see Annex 1 where to place projector in the room Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 5 Equipment guide list Item List number 15: Date of issue Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies September 1984 Description 115.1.4 Quantity Illustration Trolley for Overhead Projectors strong construction with two swivel type castors complete with: shelf for overhead projector, approx. 450 x 400 mm, two extended work tops, approx. 400 x 350 mm each, to be delivered dismantled. 115.1.5 Transparency Maker dry thermal copying process without liquid or chemicals, for making t r a n s p a r e n c i e s from typed o r i g i n a l s , photocopies manuscripts or drawings for overhead projection, complete with: 5 spare b e l t s , 5 spare b u l b s , plastic dust cover, cable and p l u g , u s e r ' s manual. 115.1.6 Transparency Preparation Kit Medium containing essential items for making A4 size t r a n s p a r e n c i e s , one set of 4 colours permanent pens, medium t i p , one set of 4 colours water soluble pens, medium t i p , one set of assorted rub on l e t t e r s , approx. 200 t r a n s p a r e n c y sheets A4 for write-on, approx. 100 t r a n s p a r e n c y frames for A4 size t r a n s p a r e n c i e s , supplied in a c a r r y i n g c a s e . Note: see Annex II how to prepare t r a n s p a r e n c i e s Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 6 Equipment guide list List number 15: Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies Item Descriptor 115.1.7 Quantity Date of issue September 1984 Illustration Transparency Preparation Kit Large containing essential items for making professional A4 size t r a n s p a r e n c i e s one portable drawing board A4 one set of 8 colours permanent p e n s , medium tip one set of 8 colours permanent p e n s , broad t i p one compass one template s t r a i g h t type 0,5 mm one set of 4 ink drawing pens b l u e , b l a c k , red and green, 0,5 mm tip a p p r o x . 200 t r a n s p a r e n c y sheets A4 for write-on a p p r o x . 25 pes each of b l u e , r e d , green and yellow t r a n s p a r e n c y sheets A4 for t r a n s p a r e n c y maker, supplied in a p l a s t i c c a r r y i n g c a s e . 115.1.8 Write-On Transparency Sheets clear film for use with overheadprojectors, a p p r o x . 200 sheets per p a c k , size A4. Thermal T r a n s p a r e n c y Sheets for making t r a n s p a r e n c i e s in a t r a n s p a r e n c y maker, also s u i t a b l e for w r i t i n g , a p p r o x . 100 sheets per box , size A4. 115.1.9 Clear. 115.1.10 Blue. 115.1.11 Red. 115.1.12 Green. Yellow. 115.1.13 115.1.14 Acetate Reel c l e a r t r a n s p a r e n c y reels, to mount on overhead projector reel attachment, approx 20 m per r e e l , width 285 mm Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 7 Equipment guide list Item List number 15: Date of issue Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies September 1984 Description 115.1.15 Quantity Illustration Transparency Sheets - Squared clear film with a 5 mm g r i d , approx. 50 sheets per pack, size A4. 115.1.16 Transparency Frames for mounting of A4 size t r a n s parencies, approx. 50 paper frames per pack. 115.1.17 Mounting Frames for preparation of t r a n s p a r e n c y overlay for up to six A4 t r a n s parencies, approx. 5 pes per pack. 115.1.18 Transparency Flip Frame clear plastic cover for A4 t r a n s parencies, with 2 flaps to avoid side lights of overhead projectors and for making notes on, with strong i n t e r n a t i o n a l punched rim for filing, approx. 100 pes per pack. Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 8 Equipment guide list List number 15: Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies Description Item 115.1.19 Quantity Date of Issue September 1984 llustration Marking Pens - Permanent set of 8 permanent pens in different colours for overhead projection, in p l a s t i c b a g s . 115.1.20 Marking Pens - Water-soluble set of 8 water-soluble pens in different colours for overhead projection, in p l a s t i c b a g s . 115.1.21 Eraser for Transparencies special e r a s e r for t r a n s p a r e n c i e s , to remove permanent and n o n permanent m a r k i n g s , approx. 12 pes per box. 115.1.22 Compass for Transparencies for use with overhead-projection marking pens on t r a n s p a r e n c i e s with b a l l jointed suction foot. 115.1.23 Marking Pens Set a l a r g e assortment of pens for writing or drawing on t r a n s p a r e n c i e s , in strong p l a s t i c case, containing: 8 fine and medium water soluble pens in different colours, 8 fine and medium permanent pens in different colours, 2 water soluble broad p e n s , blue and green, 2 permanent broad pens, black and red, 1 compass with suction foot, 1 eraser. Note: Any similarity in above Item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 9 Equipment guide list Item List number 15: Date of issue Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies September 1984 Description 115.1.24 Quantity llustration Slide and Filmstrip Projector for projection of 24 x 36 mm slides and filmstrips, strong construction, semi automatic, with 150 Watt halogène lamp, complete with: remote control u n i t , filmstrip attachment, zoom lens 70-120 mm, 2 slide t r a y for 50 slides each, 5 spare b u l b s , carrying case, cable and p l u g , u s e r ' s manual. Note: see Annex I where to place projector in the room 115.1.25 Slide Projector for projection of 24 x 36 mm slides, strongly constructed, semi-automatic operating mechanism and focusing device, with 250 Watt halogène lamp, complete with: zoom lens 70-120 mm, remote control unit, 10 metres extension cable for remote control, 2 slide t r a y for 50 slides each, 5 spare b u l b s , carrying case, cable and p l u g , u s e r ' s manual. 115.1.26 Slide Trays for 50 slides 24 x 36 mm, complete with storage case. Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 10 Equipment guide list List number 15: Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies Item Description Quantity Date of issue September 1984 llustration 115.1.27 Portable Sound-Slide Projector for presentation and information purposes, with possibility to compose a complete slide show, supplied in a c a r r y i n g case slide projector with 100 Watt halogène lamp, projection either on b u i l t - i n d a y light screen, a p p r o x . 200 x 200 mm, or on s e p a r a t e projection screen, cassette recorder, with a b u i l t - i n and an e x t e r n a l microphone, with recording impulse button for a u t o matic change of the slides and automatic stop, loudspeaker a p p r o x . 7 W, complete with: 5 spare b u l b s , s t a n d a r d lens 60 mm, zoom lens 85-150 mm, 2 slide t r a y s for 50 slides each, 5 sound cassettes 60 minutes, remote control, cable and p l u g , u s e r ' s manual, service manual. 115.1.28 Sound Slide Projector with synchronized recording of sound slide programmes, projection either on b u i l t - i n daylight screen or on a s e p a r a t e projection screen, b u i l t - i n cassette recorder for speaker texts or commentaries, amplifier and speaker, 80/100 Watt lamp, complete with: microphone, p a i r of headphones, 2 carousel slide t r a y s , 80 slides each, 5 sound cassettes 60 minutes, 5 spare b u l b s , dust cover, cable and p l u g , u s e r ' s manual, service manual. Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 11 Equipment guide list Item List number 15: Date of issue Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies September 1984 Description Quantity llustration 115.1.29 Carousel Slide Projector heavy duty projector for 24 x 36 mm slide, automatic operating mechanism and focusing device, with 250 Watt low voltage lamp, complete with: zoom lens 70-120 mm, remote control unit, 10 metres extension cable for remote control, 2 carousel slide t r a y s , 80 slides each, 5 spare b u l b s , dust cover, carrying case, cable and p l u g , u s e r ' s manual. 115.1.29A Carousel Slide Tray for 80 s l i d e s , 50 x 50 mm, complete with storage case 115.1.30 Light Pointer to point out details when projecting slides, or overhead t r a n s p a r e n c i e s , with a d j u s t able focus, b a t t e r y or AC supply, complete with: 5 spare b u l b s , one set of batteries (if b a t t e r y operated). 115.1.31 Portable Cassette Recorder with stereo or mono recording, b u i l t in mono speaker suitable to add sound to slide projector programme, with sockets for loudspeaker, microphone, headphones and synchronizing unit, operated either by b a t t e r y and/or mains supply, complete with: one set of batteries (if b a t t e r y operated), synchronizing unit, 5 sound cassettes 60 minutes, microphone, cable and plug, u s e r ' s manual, service manual. Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 12 Equipment guide list Date of issue List number 15: Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies Description Item 115.1.32 Quantity Illustration Slide Mounts hinged for easy hand mounting and r e - u s e , with anti-reflex g l a s s , plastic type, slide size 24 x 36 mm, a p p r o x . 100 pes per pack. 115.1.33 "—1 - Thermo Slide shows the temperature of the projector, to protect slides from being used in overheated conditions, slide size 24 x 36 mm. 115.1.34 September 1984 •* Black Slides to prevent white g l a r e on screen when no slide is in projector, slide size 24 x 36 mm, a p p r o x . 50 pes per pack. 115.1.35 Cleaning Brush with Bellows to remove dust from slides and lenses with a rubber bellows and a b r u s h . 115.1.36 Pointer Pen telescopic pointer with pen and clip, max length 600 mm. 115.1.37 Screen Cleaner sealed p a p e r cloth for cleaning of surfaces of glass or metal, anti-static, a p p r o x . 50 pes per pack. Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 13 Equipment guide list List number 15: Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies Item Description 115.1.38 Quantity Date of issue September 1984 Illustration Opaque Projector with object field of a p p r o x . 300 x 300 mm and adjustable wide angle lens for short projection distance, 1000 Watt halogène lamp, built-in fan and heat protection, filter and light shield to prevent light leakage when changing originals, complete with: lens 3,8/480 mm, 5 spare b u l b s , plastic dust cover, u s e r ' s manual. II5.I.39 Sound Motion Picture Camera, 8 mm for 18 and 24 frames per second, slow motion and single frame facilities, zoom lens 9-45 mm f/1,4, with b u i l t - i n microphone, complete with: one set of b a t t e r i e s , carrying case, u s e r ' s manual. Note : colour films for 8 mm sound motion picture camera on page 25 115.1.40 Sound Motion Picture Projector, 8 mm for 18 and 24 frames per second, forward and reverse projection, with automatic t h r e a d i n g , rewinding facility, magnetic recording and playback, input socket for microphone, loudspeaker built into cover of c a r r y i n g case, output approx. 10 Watt, 100-150 W halogène lamp, complete with : c a r r y i n g case, remote control, microphone, zoom objective 1:1,3/f 16,5-30 mm, carrying case with loudspeaker, 5 spare b u l b s , 1 empty spool approx. capacity 240 metres (800 feet), u s e r ' s manual, service manual. Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 14 Equipment guide list List number 15: Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies Description Item Quantity Date of issue September 1984 llustration Note: see Annex 1 where to place projector in the room 115.1.40A Empty Spool for 8 mm Film approx. c a p a c i t y 240 metres 115.1.41 Motion Picture Projector, 16 mm with automatic threading for optical or magnetic r e p l a y , projection speed 18 and 24 frames per second, system restorer and auto loop reformer, reverse projection, power rewind, spool capacity a p p r o x . 600 metres, possibility to single frame animation and s t i l l p i c t u r e projection, with 24 Volt 250 Watt bulb and lamp economy switch, lens f 1,2/50 mm, sound amplifier approx. 12 Watt, audio input sockets, b u i l t - i n speaker and e x t e r n a l speaker (side cover speaker of c a r r y i n g case) complete with: c a r r y i n g case remote control 5 spare sound bulbs 5 spare light bulbs 1 empty spool approx. c a p a c i t y 120 metres (400 feet) 1 empty spool approx. c a p a c i t y 240 metres (800 feet) 1 empty spool approx. c a p a c i t y 480 metres (1600 feet) one set of fuses u s e r ' s manual service manual 115.1.41A Anamorphic Lens for cinemascope projection of 16 mm films, complete with adaptor r i n g and case Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 15 Equipment guide list Item List number 15: Date of issue Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies September 1984 Description 115.1.42 Quantity Motion Picture Projector, 16 mm with Recording with automatic t h r e a d i n g , for optical or magnetic r e p l a y , projection speed 18 and 24 frames per second, system restorer and auto loop reformer, reverse projection, power rewind, spool capacity approx 600 metres, possibility of single frame animation and still picture projection, with 24Volt 250 Watt bulb and lamp economy switch, lens f 1,2/50 mm, sound amplifier approx. 12 Watt, audio input sockets, built-in speaker and external speaker (side cover s p e a k e r ) . complete with: 3 channel mixer for magnetic recording permitting other commentaries or t r a n s l a t i o n s from original language carrying case, remote control, one microphone, 5 spare sound b u l b s , 5 spare light b u l b s , 1 empty spool approx. capacity 120 metres (400 feet), 1 empty spool approx. capacity 240 metres (800 feet), 1 empty spool approx. capacity 480 metres (1600 feet), one set of fuses, u s e r ' s manual, service manual. Empty Spool for 16 mm Film 115.1.42A capacity approx. 650 metres 115.1.42B capacity approx. 350 metres 115.1.42C capacity approx. 250 metres Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Equipment guide list List number 15: Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies Description Item Quantity Date of issue September 1984 Illustration 115.1.43 Large Speaker for 16 mm motion picture projection in l a r g e rooms with special demand of high sound reproduction, a p p r o x . 25 watt in p l a s t i c h o u s i n g , with a p p r o x . 25 metres extension cable 115.1.44 Film Splicer and Film Cement heavy duty metal constructed, u n i v e r s a l model for s t a n d a r d 8 mm, super 8 mm and 16 mm films, including 5 bottles of film cement a p p r o x . 12 ml each 115.1.45 Rewinding Set for t a b l e attachment, for manual drive of 16 mm films, complete with a d a p t e r for super 8 mm films Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 17 Equipment guide fist Item List number 15: Date of Issue Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies September 1984 Description Quantity Illustration 115.1.46 Projection Screen - wall/ceiling strong construction, suitable for daylight projection, approx. size 2000 x 2000 mm 115.1.47 Projection Screen - portable with tripod, white screen, strong construction, suitable for daylight projection, approx. size 1500 x 1500 mm 115.1.48 Projection Stand multi-purpose s t a n d , suitable for motion picture projectors, slide or opaque projectors, in strong metal construction with swivel type wheels brakes on at least two wheels and two shelves, to be delivered dismantled, approx.size of shelves 500 x 500 mm approx. height 1200 mm 115.1.49 Projection Trolley for motion picture projectors, slide or opaque projectors, strong metal frame with two shelves with four wheels, brakes on at least two wheels and h a n d l e s , to be delivered dismantled approx. size of shelves 500 x 500 mm approx. height 1000 mm Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 18 Equipment guide list List number 15: Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies Description Item 115.1.50 Quantity Date of issue September 1984 Illustration Portable Colour Video Cassette System consisting of: Video Camera: with automatic focus device, motor driven zoom lens f 1,7/11-70 mm automatic and manual a p e r t u r e , l i g h t level i n d i c a t o r , b u i l t - i n microphone, electronic view finder with p l a y b a c k f a c i l i t y , remote control socket, socket for headphones & e x t e r n a l microphone, complete with: connecting cables c a r r y i n g case u s e r ' s manual, service manual. Portable Video Recorder: to record from camera or other video source in colour, d i g i t a l counter, adjustable slow motion and still picture p l a y b a c k , sound dubbing button, b i - d i r e c t i o n a l search, operated by r e c h a r g e a b l e b a t t e r y pack or mains u n i t , automatic non recorded p a u s e eliminating facility, complete with: all connections for recording and for p l a y b a c k , two r e c h a r g e a b l e b a t t e r y p a c k s , carrying case, u s e r ' s manual, service manual. Mains Unit: to supply the recorder a n d serve as a b a t t e r y pack c h a r g e r , complete with: connecting c a b l e s , u s e r ' s manual, service manual. Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 19 Equipment guide list Item List number 15: Date of issue Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies September 1984 Description Quantity Illustration 115.1.50A Battery Pack for portable video recorder Note: TV system(s) and cassette format should be specified in the request 115.1.50B Mixer 3-channels, for recording of sound on video cassette from three different sources II5.I.5OC Microphone for video tape sound dubbing II5.I.5I Tripod for Video Camera sturdy tripod for video recording, foldable, adjustable in height from approx. 500 to 1500 mm, complete with c a r r y i n g case 115.1.52 Portable Lighting Kit for indoor video recording or taking indoor photographs kit containing: 3 telescopic stands each with approx. 800 Watt halogène lamps in well ventilated housings, dismantled in c a r r y i n g case, complete with: 15 spare halogène bulbs Video Cassette (format is shown on supplementary data sheet) II5.I.53 [115.I.54 115.1.55 60 minutes 120 minutes I8O minutes Note: cassette format should be specified in the request Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 20 Equipment guide list List number 15: Date of issue Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies September 1984 Description Item 115.1.56 Quantity Illustration Stationary Video Cassette Recorder with tuner to r e c o r d / p l a y b a c k TV programmes or to record from video camera and other video sources equipped with: video/audio in/out terminals antenna and rf/out terminal b i - d i r e c t i o n a l search facility pause still picture pre-set timer for recording remote control unit audio dubbing for t r a n s l a t i o n s of programs complete with: all cables to connect recorder to a TV monitor u s e r ' s manual service manual Note: TV system(s) and cassette format should be specified in the request 115.1.56A Video Camera colour, to suit s t a t i o n a r y video cassette recorder, automatic focusing, motor driven lens f 1,7/11-70 mm, automatic and manual a p e r t u r e , microphone, connecting c a b l e s , supply adaptor, u s e r ' s manual, service manual 115.1.57 Stationary Colour TV Set/Monitor approx. 660 mm (26") screen, for: reception of TV programmes, display of video recordings from video cassettes and video disc players complete with: audio/video in/out terminals selector for a p p r o x . 20 programmes b u i l t - i n loudspeaker cable and plug remote control unit u s e r ' s manual service manual Note: TV system(s) should be specified in the request Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 21 Equipment guide list List number 15: Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies Item Description 115.1.58 Quantity Date of issue September 1984 Illustration Portable Colour Video/TV-Monitor approx. 360 mm (14") screen, for: reception of TV programmes, display of video recordings from video cassettes and video disc players complete with: audio/video in/out terminals selector for approx. 10 programmes b u i l t - i n loudspeaker handle for c a r r y i n g b u i l t - i n telescope antenna cable and plug u s e r ' s manual service manual 115.1.59 Automatic Still Camera 35 mm compact camera with a u t o matic exposure meter and focusing device, lens 38 mm f/2,8 b u i l t - i n lens hood and flash unit, button for delayed action r e l e a s e , working r a n g e one metre to infinity complete with: one set of b a t t e r i e s , type R6 u s e r ' s manual 115.1.60 Polaroid Camera for i n s t a n t colour photography, equipped with flash (on-off switch) automatic focusing facility and automatic s h u t t e r , picture size: 90 x 90 mm, complete with u s e r ' s manual 115.1.60A Polaroid Film-Pack colour, for 10 p i c t u r e s , size 90 x 90 mm, each pack with two incorporated b a t t e r i e s for camera and flash operation Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 22 Equipment guide list List number 15: Date of issue Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies September 1984 Quantity Description Item 115.1.61 Illustration Still Camera - Reflex Type with s t a n d a r d lens 50 mm f/1,4-2,0 b u i l t - i n electronic lightmeter, shutter speed setting B (manual) and from 1 to 1/1000 second (automatic and m a n u a l ) , b u i l t - i n timer and distance meter, c a r r y i n g c a s e , u s e r ' s manual, lens hood, cable r e l e a s e , one set of b a t t e r i e s included 115.1.61A Set of b a t t e r i e s for still camera Filter to fit s t a n d a r d 50 mm lens of 35 mm still camera 115.1.61B 115.1.61C 115.1.61D 115.1.61E 115.1.61F 115.1.61G 115.1.61H 115.1.611 skylight Yellow Yellow Orange Red Green Grey Grey UV Yl Y3 01 Rl Gl ND4 ND8 Lens 115.1.62 115.1.63 115.1.64 115.1.65 115.1.66 fixed wide angle lens fixed zoom zoom zoom telephoto lens lens, a p p r o x . 25-50 mm f/4.0 lens, approx. 35-70 mm f/4.0 lens, a p p r o x . 80-200 mm f/4,5 Note : (1) p a r t i c u l a r s of fixed a n d telephoto lens should b e specified when ordering (2) films for cameras on page 25 115.1.67 Flash Unit for mounting on the camera, b a t t e r y powered, on set of b a t t e r i e s included Note: A n y similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 23 Equipment guide list Item List number 15: Date of issue Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies September 1984 Description 115.1.68 Quantity Gadget Bag for camera and all accessories 115.1.69 Tripod universal portable t y p e , sturdy but light construction with swivel base and extension legs 115.1.70 Copypod portable copying stand for use when copying documents etc. to be used with 35 mm still camera 115.1.71 Auto Bellows Unit to fit 35 mm still camera for close up and macro photography, with c a l i b r a t e d g e a r , for magnifications of up to approx. 2,5 times life size 115.1.72 Close Up Lens set of 3 extension lenses to fit standard 50 mm lens for 35 mm still camera, no 1 approx. 10 mm no 2 approx. 20 mm no 3 approx. 30 mm all extension lenses can be used independently from each other with master camera lens 115.1.73 Slide Copier through-the-lens slide copier with bellows for duplication of slides 115-1.74 Reflector Light 1000 Watt, hand-held or camera bracket mounted type with 5 spare halogène lamps Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations w i t h specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 24 Equipment guide list List number 15: Date of issue Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies September 1984 Description Item Quantity Illustration Colour Reversal Film Magnetic Track for super 8 mm sound motion picture camera with magnetic sound recording 115.1.75 d a y l i g h t , a p p r o x . 15 metres (50 feet) 40 ASA 115.1.76 a r t i f i c i a l l i g h t , approx. 15 metres (50 feet) 100-160 ASA Black/White Film for 35 mm s t i l l camera 115.1.77 n e g a t i v e , 36 e x p . 125 ASA 115.1.78 n e g a t i v e , 36 exp. 400 ASA Colour - Daylight Film for 35 mm still camera 115.1.79 n e g a t i v e , 36 exp. 100 ASA 115.1.80 n e g a t i v e , 36 e x p . 400 ASA 115.1.81 r e v e r s a l film for slides 36 e x p . 64-125 ASA Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 25 Equipment guide list Item List number 15: Date of issue Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies September 1984 Description 115.1.82 Quantity Basic Darkroom Kit all basic items needed for developing and enlarging black and white pictures kit containing: enlarger 2-way negative c a r r i e r 50 mm lens condenser set for 24 x 36 and 6 x 6 negatives plastic dust cover blotter roll adjustable easel approx. 250 x 300 mm developing tank focus scope safety light enlarging lamp 2 printing tongs 2 film clips thermometer 5 t r a y s approx. 250 x 300 mm s t i r r i n g rod film squeegee 2 packages fibre photo paper approx. size 250 x 300 mm approx. 50 sheets per pack 3 chemical storage container, developer, fixer and stop b a t h , approx. volume 5 l i t r e s each basic manual 115.1.83 Black/White Film Developing Set containing chemicals for 1 It of each solution for negative film processing 115.1.84 Colour Negative Film Developing Set containing chemicals for 1 It of each solution for colour film processing 115.1.85 Colour Reversal Film Developing Set containing chemicals for 1 It of each solution for colour reversal film processing Note: colour negative and r e v e r s a l film developing process should be specified in the request Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 26 Equipment guide list List number 15: Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies Item Description 115.1.86 Stereo Music Set Quantity Date of issue September 1984 Illustration "all in one" c o n t a i n i n g : radio for LW, MW and stereo FM, stereo t u r n t a b l e with two speeds, stereo cassette recorder, amplifier a p p r o x . output power 2 x 15 Watt, sockets for headphones and microphone, (FM b a n d is shown on supplementary d a t a sheet) complete with: u s e r ' s manual service manual two loudspeakers approx. 30 Watt each all connection cables and plugs two s p a r e pick-up c a r t r i d g e s Note: FM band should be specified in the request 115.1.87 Stereo Cassette Radio with FM stereo, SW, MW, LW, recorder and b u i l t - i n speakers approx. 2 x 5 Watt, b u i l t - i n 2 microphones, operated either by b a t t e r y a n d / o r mains s u p p l y , audio input and output sockets complete with: u s e r ' s manual service manual one set of b a t t e r i e s 5 sound cassettes 60 minutes cable and plug 115.1.88 Portable Cassétte Recorder small recorder with b u i l t - i n speaker a p p r o x . 0,7 Watt, operated either by b a t t e r y a n d / o r mains s u p p l y , frequency response not less than 50-10000 Hz complete with: u s e r ' s manual service manual one set of b a t t e r i e s 5 sound cassettes 60 minutes cable and plug Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 27 Equipment guide list Item List number 15: Date of issue Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies September 1984 Quantity Description 115.1.89 llustration Microphone good quality for connection to stationary or portable cassette recorder, complete with table stand approx. length of cable 2 metres 115.1.90 Headphones with exact sound reproduction, volume control and a p p r o x . 2 metres connection cable and plug to fit cassette recorder Cassettes standard sound c a s s e t t e s , good quality 115.1.91 115.1.92 115.1.93 60 minutes 90 minutes 120 minutes 115.1.94 Cassette Copier designed to copies from normal and both sides, produce q u a l i t y master c a s s e t t e , for fast copying one or mains supply complete with: cable and plug u s e r ' s manual service manual 115.1.95 Demagnetization Cassette to demagnetize r e c o r d i n g / p l a y b a c k heads in cassette recorders, complete with a b a t t e r y Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 28 Equipment guide list List number 15: Date of issue Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies September 1984 Item Description 115.1.96 Language Laboratory Master Control Unit Quantity Illustration should provide at least the following: making a master tape copying master programme on a student cassette recorder monitoring each booth controlling s t u d e n t ' s recorders p r i v a t e , group and all call communication with l e a r n e r s broadcast through classroom speaker the c e n t r a l control unit includes master cassette recorder, amplifier t u r n a b l e , two l o u d s p e a k e r s , 2 spare t u r n a b l e c a r t r i d g e s , connecting c a b l e s , u s e r ' s manual, service manual, set of spares for two y e a r s of operation. 115.1.96A Language Lab Student Cassette Recorder 4 - t r a c k , 2-channel: one channel is for the program, the second is for p r a c t i c e , enabling a student to compare his pronunciation, rhytm, intonation, grammar with those on the programme; f a c i l i t i e s : sentence repeat function, tape counter, power switch, teacher control lamp, phone level knob, head set j a c k , c a l l button, r e p e a t button, rewind/review button, forward, fast forward, stop button, student d r i l l button, frequency response 50-10000 Hz, student head set with microphone possibility of indépendant use, u s e r ' s manual, service manual, set of s p a r e s for two years of operation. 115.1.96B Language Lab Student Booth with side panels containing noise absorbing p a d s , g l a s s front p a n e l Note: t e a c h e r ' s chair: item 115.5.41 s t u d e n t ' s chair: item 115.5.42 Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 29 Equipment guide list Item List number 15: Date of issue Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies September 1984 Description 115.1.97 Quantity llustration Lectern with Public Address System containing: column lectern made of wood with reading light for up to 40 Watt bulbs, electro-dynamic microphone, approx. 100 Watt mono amplifier, mixer, with five separately adjustable i n p u t s , two column loudspeakers for indoor use approx. output 100 Watt each approx. sizes: lectern 700 x 400 x 1200 mm loudspeaker 130 x 100 x 1100 mm complete with : two connection cables for loudspeakers, length 30 m each installation instructions u s e r ' s manual service manual 115.1.98 Public Address System for table use, containing three microphones, good q u a l i t y reproduction, with table s t a n d s , amplifier (30-20000 Hz) with approx. 100 Watt output with five separately adjustable i n p u t s , two loudspeakers for indoor use approx. output 100 Watt each; possibility of connection to various audio sources including compact digital audio disc player complete with: connection cables approx. 30 m each installation instructions u s e r ' s manual service manual length Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 30 Equipment guide list List number 15: Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies Description Item 115.1.99 Quantity Date of issue September 1984 Illustration Floor Stand for Microphone telescopic type with dismantled foot adjustable in height from 1000 mm up to 1650 mm 115.1.100 Microphone good q u a l i t y , electrodynamic, with neckholder and clip for attachment, with 10 metres . connection cable 115.1.101 Portable Voice Amplifier with microphone and loudspeaker to amplify the voice c l e a r l y , b a t t e r y operated, 25 Watt output complete with: one set of b a t t e r i e s battery charger u s e r ' s manual service manual Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 31 Equipment guide list Item List number 15: Date of issue Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies September 1984 Quantity Description 115.1.102 D i g i t a l Video Disc llustration Player for p l a y b a c k of v i d e o p r o g r a m m e s t h r o u g h TV s e t s / m o n i t o r s complete w i t h : remote c o n t r o l programme selector connecting cable u s e r ' s manual service manual Note: TV system s h o u l d be specified in the request 115.1.102A D i g i t a l Video D i s c ( s ) containing educational material; s i n g l e d i s c or set of d i s c s complete w i t h : m a n u a l , c o m p r i s i n g t e x t of educational material instructions exercises Note: TV system a n d p a r t i c u l a r s of e d u c a t i o n a l m a t e r i a l s h o u l d be s p e c i f i e d i n t h e r e q u e s t Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 32 Equipment guide list List number 15: Date of issue Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies September 1984 Quantity Description Item 115.1.103 Compact D i g i t a l Audio Disc Illustration Player for p l a y b a c k of a u d i o p r o g r a m m e s w i t h t h e h e l p of a m p l i f i e r a n d l o u d s p e a k e r s / h e a d p h o n e s , 16 b i t s ; f r e q u e n c y r e s p o n s e not l e s s t h a n 5-20000 Hz, + / - 0 , 5 dB, p o s s i b i l i t y of p r o g r a m m e p r e s e l e c t i o n , r a p i d search, repeat and pause facility complete with: remote c o n t r o l connecting cables user's manual service manual 115.1.103A Compact D i g i t a l Audio D i s c ( s ) containing educational material; s i n g l e d i s c or set of d i s c s complete w i t h : m a n u a l , c o m p r i s i n g t e x t of educational material instructions exercises Note: for items 115.1.103A t o 115.1.113 p a r t i c u l a r s of educational material should be s p e c i f i e d i n the r e q u e s t 115.1.104 Educational Record(s) s i n g l e or set of r e c o r d s complete with: m a n u a l , c o m p r i s i n g t e x t of educational material instructions exercises 115.1.105 E d u c a t i o n a l Audio Cassette(s) p r e r e c o r d e d single c a s s e t t e or set of c a s s e t t e s complete with: m a n u a l , c o m p r i s i n g t e x t of educational material instructions exercises Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 33 Equipment guide list List number 15: Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies Item Description Quantity Date of issue September 1984 Illustration 115.1.106 Educational Video Cassettes prerecorded single or set of video cassettes complete with: manual, comprising text of educational material instructions exercises Note: TV system, cassette format and p a r t i c u l a r s of educational material should be specified 115.1.107 Educational OHP Transparency Set(s) complete with: manual, comprising text of educational material instructions exercises 115.1.108 Educational Slide Set(s) complete with: manual, comprising text of educational material instructions exercises prerecorded cassette(s) for syncro sound demonstration 115.1.109 8 mm Educational Film(s)-Colour single film or set of films complete with: manual, comprising text of educational material instructions exercises Note : for items 115.1.110. format, and p a r t i c u l a r s material should in the re quest 115. 1.109 a n d soundtr ack of educational be speci .fied Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 34 Equipment guide list List number 15: Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies Quantity Description Item 115.1.110 8 mm Educational film(s) Black/White Date of issue September 1984 Illustration - single film or set of films complete with: manual, comprising text of educational material instructions exercises 115.1.111 16 mm Educational Film(s)-Colour single film or set of films complete with: manual, comprising text of educational material instructions exercises 115.1.112 16 mm Educational Film(s) Black/White - single film or set of films complete with: manual, comprising text of educational material instructions exercises Note: for items 115.1.111 and 115.1.112 soundtrack(s) and p a r t i c u l a r s of educational material should be specified 115.1.113 Educational Filmstrip(s) single or set of filmstrips complete with: manual, comprising text of educational material instructions exercises Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 35 ü Equipment guide list List number 15: Date of issue Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies September 1984 Section 2 - Office Equipment and Supplies Under this section, basic equipment items for a project office have been compiled. To simplify the ordering of numerous small items needed on and around an office desk a "Starter Kit" is a v a i l a b l e . As far as possible sizes of p a p e r , p a d s , files etc. to A4 norm (210 x 297 mm) conform Page 36 Equipment guide list ( # ) List number 15: Date of issue Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies September 1984 Description 115.2.1 Quantity Office S t a r t e r Kit c o n t a i n i n g t h e most e s s e n t i a l office items n e e d e d to s t a r t u p a n office, p a c k e d in a s u i t a b l e c a s e containing: p e n c i l s HB 12 p e s b a l l point p e n , b l u e , black and red each 6 pes felt p e n , b l a c k , r e d and green each 3 pes rolling b a l l pen 6 pes top m a r k e r s 3 pes pencil s h a r p e n e r , desk type 1 pc e r a s e r for p e n c i l 12 p e s e r a s e r for i n k a n d typing 10 p e s stamp p a d , b l a c k 1 pc stamping ink, black 1 pc d a t e stamp 1 pc s t a m p r a c k for 6 s t a m p s 1 pc l a b e l s 24x37 mm a p p r o x . 300 p e s w r i t i n g p a d A5 a n d A4 each 5 p e s steno p a d s 5 pes f i l e s , c a r d b o a r d , A4 2 pes n y l o n c o v e r s , A4 50 p e s desk p a d , brown 1 pc desk t r a y , brown 1 PC p a p e r s c i s s o r s , 200 mm 1 pc p a p e r c l i p s 25 mm 100/box 3 boxes paper clips heavy duty 70 mm 12 p e s r u b b e r b a n d s , 500 g r a m s 1 box magic t a p e 30m x 19mm 12 p e s tape dispenser, small 1 pc p a p e r g l u e s t i c k , 20 g 3 pes hole p u n c h 1 pc stapler 1 pc s t a p l e s , 6 mm 10 .000 p e s s t a p l e remover 1 pc e n v e l o p e s E65 250 p e s e n v e l o p e s E65 a i r m a i l 250 p e s l e t t e r a n d file t r a y b r o w n 2 pes r u l e r , 300 mm 1 pc measuring rule 1 pc t y p e w r i t e r p a p e r 70 g 500 pes t y p e w r i t e r p a p e r 45 g 1. 000 p e s correction sheets 10 s h e e t s c a r b o n p a p e r for typewriter 100 pes rub-on letters and numbers 3 sheets Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Equipment guide list List number 15: Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies Quantity Description Item Date of issue September 1984 Illustration Pencils f i r s t c l a s s q u a l i t y in b o x e s c o n t a i n i n g 12 p e n c i l s ;i5.2.2 .15.2.3 .15.2..4 grade HB grade B grade H 115.2.5 L e a d P e n c i l - 0 , 5 mm h o l d e r for 0 , 5 rnm l e a d s for w r i t i n g 115.2.5A suitable L e a d Refills - 0 , 5 mm in p l a s t i c cases containing 12 r e f i l l s of q r a d e HB 115.2.6 Lead P e n c i l - 2 mm h o l d e r for 2 mm l e a d s for d r a w i n g 115.2.6A Lead Refills suitable 2 mm in p l a s t i c cases containing 12 r e f i l l s of g r a d e HB Note: l e a d r e f i l l s s h o u l d u s u a l l y be r e q u e s t e d when o r d e r i n g l e a d pencils Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 39 Equipment guide list Item List number 15: Date of issue Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies September 1984 Quantity Description Ball Point Pen non-refillable, with p l a s t i c holder 115.2.7 II5.2.8 II5.2.9 Blue Black Red Rolling Ball Pen with water-soluble ink, nonrefillable with p l a s t i c holder 115.2.10 II5.2.II 115.2.12 Blue Black Red 115.2.13 Fountain Pen good strong q u a l i t y , medium t i p , supplied with a box containing 12 c a r t r i d g e s in d a r k blue 115.2.U Felt Pen - Fine Set set of L, pens with fine tip 0,3 mm, in following colours: blue, black, red and green, water-soluble, with plastic holder Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Equipment guide list List number 15: Date of issue Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies September 1984 Quantity Description Item 115.2.15 Illustration Felt Pen - Medium - Set set of 12 pens with medium t i p , 1,0 mm, in different colours, w a t e r - s o l u b l e , with plastic holder 115.2.16 Felt Pen - Broad - Set set of 4 marking pens, 5 mm t i p , permanent, in following colours: blue, black, red and green 115.2.17 Top Marker Set 6 h i g h l i g h t i n g markers in colours in" a box 115.2.18 different Crayons - Set set of 12 different coloured waxcrayons for colouring, non-toxic 115.2.19 Coloured Pencils - Set set comprising 12 different coloured pencils in plastic or metal case Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 41 Equipment guide list Item List number 15: Date of issue Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies September 1984 Description 115.2.20 Quantity Illustration Pencil Sharpener - Small small sharpener for pencils, with plastic or metal housing 115.2.21 Pencil Sharpener - Plastic for pencils, with p l a s t i c container for shavings 115.2.22 Pencil Sharpener - Desk Type semi-automatic desk type, for pencils, with automatic stop when the pencil tip is correctly sharpened 115.2.23 Lead Sharpener small lead sharpener for up to 3 mm drawing l e a d s , plastic or metal housing Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 42 Equipment guide list List number 15: Date of issue Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies September 1984 Description Item 115.2.24 Quantity Illustration Eraser - Soft very soft rubber for pencil on writing or drawing paper 115.2.25 Eraser - 2-sided two-sided e r a s e r , soft for pencil and h a r d for ink and typewriter 115.2.26 Eraser - Hard especially for typewriter 115.2.27 Eraser - Plastic p l a s t i c e r a s e r for use on p l a s t i c foils and t r a n s p a r e n c i e s 115.2.28 Erasing Knife to e r a s e drawing ink on t r a n s p a r e n t drawing p a p e r 115.2.29 Erasing Pen pen with e r a s e r and b r u s h , for ink, ballpoint and typewriting Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 43 Equipment guide list Item List number 15: Date of issue Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies September 1984 Description 115.2.30 Quantity llustration Stamp Pad in metal or plastic case, neutral, approx. size 80 x 120 mm Stamping Ink for use with stamp p a d s , in bottles containing a p p r o x . 30 ml II5.2.3I II5.2.32 Black Red II5.2.33 Date Stamp rubber stamp, for use with stamp pad with independent manual setting of d a y , month and y e a r , (ex. 20.06.1986) II5.2.34 Numbering Stamp with automatic number advance from 0 to 999999, with exchangable ink p a d , including one s p a r e ink p a d , height of numbers approx. 5 mm 115.2.35 Stamp Rack rotating stamp rack for 6 stamps Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 44 Equipment guide list List number 15: Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies Description Item 115.2.36 Quantity Date of issue September 1984 Illustration Paint Brush Set - Water Colours set of 6 b r u s h e s for water colours, pointed type from 2 mm to U mm diameter II5.2.37 Paint Brush Set - Poster Colour set of 3 brushes for poster colour, flat type from 10 mm to 18 mm width II5.2.38 Paint Brush Set - Oil Paint set of 1 b r u s h pointed type, 3 mm diameter, and 3 flat t y p e s , 15, 25 and 35 mm wide, for oil p a i n t II5.2.39 Tray for Paint for mixing p a i n t , made of p l a s t i c or metal II5.2.4O Water Colour Set set of 12 different colours in a p l a s t i c or metal case 115.2.41 Poster Colour Set set of 12 different colours in g l a s s bottles mixable with water but permanent after drying p r o c e s s , a p p r o x . 65 ml/bottle Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 45 Equipment guide list Item List number 15: Date of issue Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies September 1984 Description 115.2.42 Quantity Zinc White tube of w a t e r - r e s i s t a n t white oilpaint, approx. 150 ml/tube 115.2.A3 Spray Paint set of 4 quick d r y i n g waterproof paints in metal c o n t a i n e r s , in the following colours: blue, black, red and white, approx. volume 450 ml/container 115.2.44 Oil Paint Set set of 12 tubes of high q u a l i t y oil p a i n t s in different colours, approx. 150 ml/tube 115.2.45 Oil Painting Set a s t a r t e r case containing essential colours and equipment needed to paint a picture set consisting of: 11 colours balsamterpentine linseed oil palette t r a y and knife charcoal 2 brushes palette and panel 115.2.46 Easel for Painters field easel for p a i n t e r s , made of wood, dismantled, approx. height from 1250 up to 1800 mm Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Equipment guide list List number 15: Date of issue Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies September 1984 Description Item 115.2.47 Quantity llustration Modelling Clay Kit for hobby a c t i v i t y , with clay to be h a r d e n e d in oven or in boiling water complete with: clay in 5 different colours a p p r o x . 100 grams each 4 different colours for p a i n t i n g 1 litre varnish brush modelling pegs 115.2.48 Plaster a p p r o x . 1 kg per pack 115.2.49 Lino P r i n t i n g Kit s u i t a b l e for linoprint on p a p e r containing: 5 different shaped knives with handles 5 lino p l a t e s a p p r o x . 200 x 400 mm 100 sheets p a p e r for linoprint 1 roller a p p r o x . width 100 mm water soluble black paint for l i n o p r i n t on p a p e r approx. 250 ml manual for l i n o p r i n t 115.2.50 Batik Dyeing Kit s u i t a b l e for dyeing cloth set c o n t a i n i n g : wax a p p r o x . 500 g one thermometer up to +200 C 2 round brushes one s t a i n l e s s bowl approx. volume 4,5 l i t r e 10 different batik colours a p p r o x . 15 gram each one colour c h a r t for colour mixing sodium hydrosulphite a p p r o x . 500 gram pH-reactive paper for control of the colour lake manual for b a t i k dyeing Note: Any similarity in above Item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 47 Equipment guide list Item List number 15: Date of issue Audiovisual, draughting, office? reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies September 1984 Description II5.2.5I Quantity Illustration Self Adhesive Label Set set of 3 p a c k s , white, for all purpose use, approx. label size and q u a n t i t y : round 10 mm - 1200 pes 15 x 20 mm - 1200 pes 100 x 35 mm - • 90 pcs } II5.2.52 Coloured Label Set set of 6 colour self-adhesive round l a b e l s , approx. 150 labels per colour approx. diameter 10 mm II5.2.53 Letter Labels self-adhesive labels with l e t t e r s A-Z, approx. 36O labels per pack approx. dimension 20 x 20 mm II5.2.54 Numbering Labels self-adhesive labels numbered from 1 to 99, ' • approx. 500 labels per pack approx. dimension 20 x 20 mm 115.2.55 Self Adhesive Sheets size A4, suitable for cutting l a b e l s in required size, white Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 48 Equipment guide list List number 15: Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies Item Description Quantity 115-2.56 Files strong p l a s t i c cover files with strong filing mechanism, distance between holes 80 mm, for A4 size p a p e r , width of back approx. 80 mm Index c a r d b o a r d index, size A4, distance between holes 80 mm 115.2.57 A-Z 115.2.58 1-31 II5.2.59 1-52 a l p h a b e t i c a l index d a i l y index weekly index 115.2.60 Reinforcement Rings self-adhesive p l a s t i c rings for reinforcing the holes on indexes or documents in files, a p p r o x . 1000 r i n g s in a dispenser 115.2.61 Plastic Punched Pockets t r a n s p a r e n t strong plastic covers for filing of A4 documents, open at the top with strong rim, distance between holes 80 mm, a p p r o x . 100 pes per box 115.2.62 Plastic Folder c l e a r strong p l a s t i c cover for A4 p a p e r , open at the top and one s i d e , with thumbgrasp, a p p r o x . 100 pes per box 115.2.63 Plastic Files with blue back cover and side, and clear p l a s t i c front, for A4 documents, complete with paper holder, distance between holes 80 mm 115.2.64 Cardboard File for A4 documents with elastic b a n d s to r e t a i n contents secure and tidy Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Date of issue September 1984 Equipment guide list Item List number 15: Date of issue Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies September 1984 Quantity Description Illustration Writing Pad - Lined 100 sheets per p a d , white 115.2.65 115.2.66 Size A5 Size A4 Writing Pad - Squared with 5 mm s q u a r e s , 100 sheets per p a d , white 115.2.67 115.2.68 Size A5 Size A4 115.2.69 Steno Pad white with l i n e s , 100 sheets per p a d , size A5 115.2.70 Note Pad tab pad, with approx. 5x75 tabs per pad, approx. size 120 x 250 mm Exercise Book - Lined white with l i n e s , approx. 50 pages (25 sheets) 115.2.71 115.2.72 Size A5 Size A4 Exercise Book - Squared with 5 mm squares approx. 50 pages (25 sheets) 115.2.73 115.2.74 Size A5 Size A4 115.2.75 Note Book strong cardboard cover, lined, each book containing approx. 100 pages (50 sheets), size A6 Note: A4 size 210 A5 size 148 X X 297 mm 210 mm Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 50 Equipment guide list List number 15: Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies Description Item 115.2.76 Quantity Date of issue September 1984 Illustration Desk Pad p l a s t i c with foam rubber b a c k i n g , a p p r o x . size 520 x 400 mm 115.2.77 Desk Tidy - Small p l a s t i c t r a y for pencils, e r a s e r s , clips etc. , with 5-6 pigeon compartments, a p p r o x . size 250 x 130 mm 115.2.78 Desk Tidy - Big for p e n c i l s , pens, scissors, g l u e , p i n s , clips etc. a p p r o x . size: 300 mm diameter 100 mm height 115.2.79 Book-end in metal, flanged, a p p r o x . size 125 x 125 x 125 mm 115.2.80 Note Paper Cube white p a p e r , a p p r o x . size 100 x 100 x 100 mm Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 51 Equipment guide list List number 15: Date of issue Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies September 1984 Description Item 115.2.81 Quantity Illustration Telephone Index with plastic cover and alphabetic push button device, to be used s e p a r a t e l y from the telephone, for approx. 600 telephone numbers 115.2.82 Magnifier with plastic h a n d l e , 2 x magnifications, approx. diameter 100 mm 115.2.83 Paper Knife letter opener with blade of steel and wooden h a n d l e , approx. length 250 mm 115.2.84 Paper Scissors - 125 mm small, good q u a l i t y , approx. length 125 mm 115.2.85 Paper Scissors - 200 mm made of stainless steel with p l a s t i c handle, approx. length 200 mm 115.2.86 Thimblett Set set of 12 rubber caps for fingers when collating paper and notes, assorted in small, medium and large sizes Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Equipment guide list List number 15: Date of issue Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies September 1984 Quantity Description Item 115.2.87 Illustration Hole Puncher - 2 mm made of metal, punching c a p a c i t y of maximum 2 mm, distance between holes 80 mm 115.2.88 Hole Puncher - 5 mm made of metal, with paper g u i d e , punching c a p a c i t y of maximum 5 mm, distance between holes 80 mm 115.2.89 Stapler - Small strong steel constructed, s t a p l e r for office u s e , with holding c a p a c i t y of 100 s t a p l e s , complete with 10.000 staples 6 mm 115.2.89A Staples 6 mm approx. 5.000/box Note: dimension!s) and t y p e ( s ) of staples and model of s t a p l e r should be specified in the request 115.2.90 Stapler heavy duty office stapler in steel construction, with holding c a p a c i t y of 200 s t a p l e s , complete with 20.000 s t a p l e s 6 mm 115.2.91 Staple Remover in metal with p l a s t i c h a n d l e for removing s t a p l e s Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 53 Equipment guide list Item List number 15: Date of issue Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies September 1984 Quantity Description Paper Clips boxes c o n t a i n i n g a p p r o x . 115.2.92 115.2.93 115.2.94 25 mm 45 mm 80 mm 115.2.95 C o n t a i n e r for P a p e r 100 c l i p s Clips transparent plastic container m a g n e t i c top 115.2.96 Illustration with Clips heavy duty clips, a p p r o x . w i d t h 70 mm 115.2.97 P a p e r a n d Envelope to close several approx. approx. Fastener l a r g e e n v e l o p e s or f a s t e n s h e e t s , box c o n t a i n i n g 100 p e s l e n g t h 30 mm o-yy 115.2.98 Drawing Pin s t a n d a r d size, in box, a p p r o x . 100 p e s p e r box 115.2.99 Map Tack Set s e t of 5 b o x e s , e a c h c o n t a i n i n g 100 pes of r o u n d h e a d e d t a c k s w i t h a p p r o x . L, mm h e a d d i a m e t e r in d i f f e r e n t c o l o u r s Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 54 Equipment guide list Item List number 15: Date of issue Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies September 1984 Quantity Description llustration 115.2.100 Clear Adhesive Tape c l e a r cellophane tape for all purpose s e a l i n g s , a p p r o x . length 30 m a p p r o x . width 19 mm 115.2.101 Magic Tape invisible to write approx. approx. mending tape, possible on and moisture r e s i s t a n t , length 30 m width 19 mm 115.2.102 Desk Tape Dispenser heavy metal b a s e , suitable for t a p e s of up to 19 mm width and 30 m length 115.2.103 Hand Tape Dispenser small p l a s t i c dispenser for t a p e s of up to 19 mm width and 30 m length 115.2.104 Masking Tape crepe t y p e , adhesive p a p e r t a p e , s u i t a b l e to fix drawing p a p e r to drawing b o a r d s , a p p r o x . length 50 m a p p r o x . width 19 mm Ky Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 55 Equipment guide list Item List number 15: Date of issue Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies September 1984 Description Quantity 115.2.105 Case Sealing Tape strong brown vinyl tape for all kinds of p a c k a g e s , cartons and parcels, moisture r e s i s t a n t , approx. length 65 m approx. width 38 mm - 115.2.106 Tape Dispenser for case sealing t a p e , hand operated tape applicator for rapid closure of c a r t o n s , for 38 mm tape with 65 m length 115.2.107 Textil Tape Set set of 2 t a p e s , black and red, waterproofed, strong and with good adhesive a b i l i t y , approx. length 25 m approx. width 19 mm 115.2.108 Edge Binding Apparatus to bind the edges of technical drawings, complete with mounting clamp, to accommodate 13 mm edge binding tape reels 115.2.109 Edge Binding Tape suitable for edge binding a p p a r a t u s , white, approx. length 25 m approx. width 13 mm Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 56 Equipment guide list List number 15: Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies Description Quantity Date of issue September 1984 Illustration 115.2.110 All Purpose Glue c l e a r wrinkle-proof glue for all purpose in t u b e ; water, heat and cold r e s i s t a n t , a p p r o x . volume 35 ml II5.2.III Multipurpose Glue glue for l e a t h e r , r u b b e r , synthetic m a t e r i a l s , metal, wood and g l a s s , a p p r o x . volume 50 ml II5.2.II2 Paper Glue - Stick gluestick for o r d i n a r y p a p e r gluing approx. weight 20 g II5.2.II3 Paper Glue - Spreading in p l a s t i c bottle, with top for easy i n s t a n t s p r e a d i n g , wrinkleproof, a p p r o x . volume 85 ml 115.2.1U Rubber Glue for all kinds of paper and c a r d board g l u i n g , in glass bottle with b r u s h , wrinkle-proof, a p p r o x . volume 120 ml II5.2.II5 Rubber Glue Refill in metal container for all k i n d s of paper and c a r d b o a r d g l u i n g , a p p r o x . volume 500 ml 115.2.116 Two Component Glue in tubes comprising binder and h a r d e n e r , clear fast drying suitable for metal, g l a s s , stone, wood and l e a t h e r , a p p r o x . volume 15 ml each Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 57 Equipment guide list List number 15: Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies Item Description Quantity Date of issue September 1984 Illustration 115.2.117 Rubber Band Set set of 3 sizes each containing 500 gr approx. length 50 to 100 mm approx. width 2 to 6 mm 115.2.118 String - Thick sisal line twines, t h r e e - p l y , approx. specifications: diameter L, mm weight 5 kg length 650 m 115.2.119 String - Thin strong q u a l i t y , t h r e e - p l y , approx. specifications: diameter 1 mm weight 0,5 kg length 250 m 115.2.120 Trimming Knife - Break-off with plastic handle containing one "break-off" blade with 8 edges, supplied with 10-12 spare blades 115.2.121 Trimming Knife - Heavy heavy duty for c a r d b o a r d c u t t i n g , metal handle and 3 different shaped blades Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is nurelv coincidental. Page 58 Equipment guide list Item List number 15: Date of issue Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies September 1984 Description Quantity Illustration Envelopes - Business white, normal business q u a l i t y , approx. 80 grams per square metre 115.2.122 Size C6 (114 x 162 mm) 115.2.123 Size E65 (HO x 220 mm) 115.2.124 Envelopes - Airmail airmail type approx. 50 grams per square metre, size E65 (HO x 220 mm) f_~ i Envelopes - Strong light brown, strong q u a l i t y , approx. 80 grams per square metre 115.2.125 Size C5 115.2.126 Size C4 (162 x 229 mm) (229 x 324 mm) Sample Bags light brown bags to be sealed with envelope clips or s t a p l e r , strong quality, approx. 110-140 grams per square metre 115.2.127 Size 125 x 290 mm 115.2.128 Size 250 x 425 mm Padded Bags padded brown bags for items of mail, to be sealed with envelope clips or stapler 115.2.129 Size 120 x 250 m m 115.2.130 Size 260 x 400 m m Not e: See Annex I I I how to fold an A4 paper to fit diffe r e nt sizes of envelop es • Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 59 Equipment guide list Item List number 15: Date of issue Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies September 1984 Description Quantity 115.2.131 Sponge plastic container with sponge for moistening stamps 115.2.132 Damper plastic bottle with sponge top for moistening envelopes and adhesive paper Cartons cartons made of corrugated b o a r d s , unassembled but easy to put together approx. dimensions: II5.2.I33 350 x 250 x 250 mm II5.2.I34 480 x 330 x 240 mm II5.2.I35 Scale b a t t e r y operated, with d i g i t a l d i s p l a y , complete with b a t t e r i e s , approx. capacity 1000 grams 115.2.136 Letter Scale made of metal, dual capacity by a changeable arm, zero adjustments, approx. c a p a c i t y : mail scale 0-500 grams precisions scale 0-100 grams 115.2.137 Parcel Scale in metal to weigh bulky items, button to lock the scale to permit reading after package is removed, approx. capacity 100 kg with 500 grams i n t e r v a l s , approx. dimension 350 x 250 x 50 mm Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 60 Equipment guide list List number 15: Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies Description Item Quantity Date of issue September 1984 llustration 115.2.138 Desk Tray - Shortside made of p l a s t i c , for A4 size p a p e r , stackable 115.2.139 Desk Tray - Longside made of p l a s t i c , for A4 size p a p e r , open at the long side 115.2.MO Storage Cabinet made of p l a s t i c , with 7 drawers for A4 size p a p e r , a p p r o x . dimensions: 250 x 365 x 325 mm 115.2.Ul Tray for Forms metal frame with 12 p l a s t i c t r a y s for A4 size p a p e r , suitable when sorting the mail or as a brochure s t a n d , s u i t a b l e for wall mounting or t a b l e , a p p r o x . length 900 mm height 350 mm 115.2.142 Storage Box made of c a r d b o a r d for storing A4 size p a p e r , a p p r o x . height 70 mm Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 61 Equipment guide list Item List number 15: Date of issue Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies September 1984 Quantity Description Illustration 115.2.143 Information Box made of p l a s t i c , for storing booklets, catalogues, brochures or magazines, size A4 115.2.144 Sorter expanding file for sorting p a p e r , with index A-Z and numbered 1-31 115.2.145 Archive Box made of p l a s t i c , to store A4 sized documents in suspension files, complete with 25 suspension files approx. dimensions: 230 x 200 x 250 mm Card Index Box made of p l a s t i c , for 500 c a r d s 115.2.146 Size A5 115.2.147 Size A6 Card Alphabetical Index made of c a r d b o a r d , printed A-Z 115.2.148 Size A5 115.2.149 Size A6 Card Numbered Index made of c a r d b o a r d , printed 1-31 115.2.150 Size A5 115.2.151 Size A6 Cards - lined white cards with writing l i n e s , 100 cards per pack 115.2.152 Size A5 115.2.153 Size A6 Note: A4 - 210 A5 - 148 A6 - 105 X X X 297 mm 210 mm 148 mm Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Equipment guide list List number 15: Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies Quantity Description Date of issue September 1984 Illustration 115.2.154 Stock Control System metal cabinet with 12 d r a w e r s , each drawer containing approx. 70 pockets for A5 size p a p e r , complete with: a p p r o x . 800 n e u t r a l cards Suspension Files box containing approx. 25 pes suspension files made of strong c a r d b o a r d with metal s t r i p and p l a s t i c label cover 115.2.155 Size A4 115.2.156 Size Folio (320 x 240 mm) (390 x 240 mm) 115.2.157 File Storage Stand desk stand made of plastic for storage of A4 suspension files, complete with 25 pes A4 suspension files, a p p r o x . size 350 x 350 x 250 mm 115.2.158 Mobile File Storage Stand metal constructed with 4 c a s t o r s , for A4 suspension files, with lockable cover complete with 100 pes A4 suspension files, a p p r o x . size 500 x 360 x 600 mm Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 63 Equipment guide list Item List number 15: Date of issue Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies September 1984 Description Quantity llustration Filing Cabinet strong metal construction with 4 drawers for A4 or folio suspension files, c e n t r a l safety lock, tip locking device: only one drawer at a time can be opened, complete with 300 suspension files 115.2.159 Size for A4 115.2.160 Size for folio (415 x 700 x 1290 mm) (490 x 700 x 1290 mm) 115.2.161 Suspension File for Rail System box containing a p p r o x . 50 pes suspension files with side cover for safe and secure filing of A4 documents, made of strong c a r d board with holder to fit special rail, approx. size 320 x 260 mm fr-xis:—4r 115.2.162 Rail for Suspension Files to be mounted in office cabinets or shelves for suspension of files, approx. length 1 m Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 64 Equipment guide list List number 15: Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies Date of issue September 1984 Section 3 - Office Machines Common models of typewriters and c a l c u l a t o r s a r e a v a i l a b l e to support the requirements for the administration of different kinds of projects. This section also includes a microfiche r e a d e r and a r e a d e r - p r i n t e r . For each model of typewriter a wide selection of scripts and keyboards can be supplied. All typewriters shown in t h i s guidelist have item numbers for English, French a n d special l a n g u a g e k e y b o a r d s . The language of the keyboard must be specified in the equipment request. eeeeeoeeeeee OOSOOOOOOQB oeoooooooee eooooQueee ooooooooeoe OQOOOOOOOOi oeooooiiei English French all typewriters shown here can be supplied with "Elite" or "Pica" which a r e two common types of s c r i p t . If you prefer one of the s c r i p t s , please state that script in the r e q u e s t . Electronic typewriters a r e delivered with both Elite a n d Pica typewheels. Elite Ein Name, d e r s i c h Pica E i n Name, d e r s i c h Làndern d e r W e l t . Lándern d e r Welt. 12 3 ¿ + 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 ^ 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F G H I When ordering typewriter ribbons, please s t a t e make a n d model of the t y p e w r i t e r ( s ) . Page 66 Equipment guide list List number 15: Date of issue Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies September 1984 Description Item Quantity Illustration Manual Portable Typewriter strongly constructed with: back and half-space correction key segment shift t r i p l e setting line space selection 1, 1 1/2 and 2 lines ribbon selection switch, b l a c k , red or for stencils t a b u l a t o r set with single and total clearance two margin setters c a r r i a g e , margin and p a p e r release key typestyle Pica or Elite complete with: u s e r ' s manual c a r r y i n g case 5 spare ribbons 115.3.1 115.3.2 English k e y b o a r d : 240 mm c a r r i a g e 330 mm c a r r i a g e 115.3.3 115-3.4 French keyboard: 240 mm c a r r i a g e 330 mm c a r r i a g e 115.3.5 115.3.6 special keyboard (language reference on supplementary data sheet): 240 mm c a r r i a g e 330 mm c a r r i a g e Note: keyboard l a n g u a g e should be specified in the request Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 67 Equipment guide list Item List number 15: Date of issue Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies September 1984 Description Quantity llustration Manual Stationary Typewriter heavy-duty office typewriter with: back and half-space correction key line space selector 1, 1 1/2, 2, 2 1/2 and 3 lines ribbon selection switch, r e d , black or for stencils t a b u l a r set and clearance key two margin setters c a r r i a g e , margin and paper release key setting impression regulator for the individual control of the strength of printout typestyle Pica or Elite complete with: u s e r ' s manual dust cover 5 spare black and red ribbons 115.3.7 II5.3.8 II5.3.9 II5.3.IO 115.3.11 II5.3.I2 English 330 mm 380 mm 46O mm French 330 mm 380 mm 460 mm keyboard: carriage carriage carriage keyboard: carriage carriage carriage special keyboard (language reference on supplementary data sheet) : II5.3.I3 115.3. u 115.3.15 330 mm c a r r i a g e 380 mm c a r r i a g e 460 mm c a r r i a g e Note: keyboard l a n g u a g e should be specified in the request Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations w i t h specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 68 Equipment guide list List number 15: Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies Description Item Quantity Date of issue September 1984 Illustration Electronic Typewriter - 360 mm typewriter working with t y p e s c r i p t s on wheels and with correction facility to eliminate typing e r r o r s with: pitch selector for the choice of 10 or 12 c h a r a c t e r s per inch, providing possibility to use many sorts of typescripts correction key with memory allowing automatic correction of a p p r o x . 50 c h a r a c t e r s line space selector for 1, 1 1/2 and 2 lines setting impression regulator for good printout when using several carbon copies t a b u l a r set and clearance key two margin setters margin- and p a p e r release key back and half-space correction key a p p r o x . width of c a r r i a g e 360 mm complete with: u s e r ' s manual one typewheel style Pica 10 pitch one typewheel style Elite 12 pitch 5 spare black ribbons 5 spare correction ribbons dust cover 115.3.17 English keyboard French keyboard 115.3.18 special keyboard 115.3.16 Note: keyboard l a n g u a g e should be specified in the request Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 69 Equipment guide list Item List number 15: Date of issue Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies September 1984 Description Quantity Illustration Electronic Typewriter - 420 mm heavy-duty electronic typewriter with tyepscripts on wheels with possibility to eliminate typing errors with: LCD display for approx. 15 c h a r a c t e r s correction key for automatic corrections of one line approx. 350 c h a r a c t e r s line space selector for 1 to 4 lines pitch selector for 10, 12 and 15 c h a r a c t e r s per inch t a b u l a r set and clearance key, possibility to store approx. 8.000 c h a r a c t e r s divided on up to 25 works, in memory automatic functions for: c a r r i a g e r e t u r n with new line underlining indication of page end possibility of s t r a i g h t r i g h t - h a n d margin; centering approx. width of c a r r i a g e 420 mm complete with: u s e r ' s manual one typewheel style Pica 10 pitch one typewheel style Elite 12 pitch one typewheel style Micron 15 pitch 10 spare black ribbons 10 spare correction ribbons dust cover 115.3.19 English keyboard 115.3.20 French keyboard 115.3.21 special keyboard Note: keyboard language should be specified in the request Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 70 Equipment guide list List number 15: Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies Description Item Quantity Date of issue September 1984 Illustration Manual Stationary Typewriter special height of script 3,5-4,5 mm, heavy duty back and half-space correction key line space selector 1, 1 1/2, 2, 2 1/2 and 3 lines ribbon selection switch, red, black or for stencils t a b u l a r set and clearance key c a r r i a g e , margin and p a p e r release key setting impression regulator for the i n d i v i d u a l control of the strength of printout 380 mm c a r r i a g e complete with: u s e r ' s manual dust cover 5 s p a r e black and red ribbons 115.3.22 II5.3.23 II5.3.24 English keyboard French keyboard Special keyboard Note: keyboard l a n g u a g e should be specified in the request Typewriter Ribbon II5.3.25 115.3.26 s t a n d a r d l e n g t h , black s t a n d a r d l e n g t h , dual colour (red/black) c a r t r i d g e t y p e , black II5.3.27 Note: when ordering typewriter r i b b o n s , please state make and model of the typewriter(s) Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 71 Equipment guide list Item List number 15: Date of issue Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies September 1984 Description 115.3.28 Quantity Illustration Correction Fluid Set one bottle each of white correction fluid and thinner for easy correction of typing e r r o r s , approx. volume 20 ml in each bottle 115.3.29 Correction Paper Roll white inked paper roll approx. 3 m in a handy p l a s t i c container 115.3.30 Correction Sheets 3 white inked perforated paper sheets in an envelope each sheet containing approx. 16 paper t a b s , approx. size 25 x 70 mm 115.3.31 Correction Tape self adhesive white tape to cover e r r o r s , correction can then be typed on the t a p e , approx. size 4 mm x 15 m Note: A n y similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations w i t h specific makes o r models is purely coincidental. Page 72 Equipment guide list List number 15: Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies Description Item 115.3.32 Quantity Date of issue September 1984 Illustration Type Cleaner for cleaning of type on the t y p e writer, a p l a s t i c case with b r i s t l e of textile on one end and an ampoule with cleaning m a t e r i a l inside, a p p r o x . 20 pes per box 115.3.33 Carbon Paper - Typing suitable for t y p i n g , size A4, approx. 100 sheets per box U5.3.34 Carbon Paper - Hand Writing suitable for hand w r i t i n g , size A4, approx. 100 sheets per box II5.3.35 Stand for Manuscript for A4 manuscript with a d j u s t a b l e arm and a gliding scale for easier r e a d i n g of the line II5.3.36 Stand for Manuscript - Electrical with foot operated e l e c t r i c a l remote control, t a b l e t y p e , a d j u s t a b l e height, l i g h t , magnifying g l a s s type sighting device, for A3-A4 manuscripts complete with: 5 fluorescent lamps Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 73 Equipment guide list List number 15: Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies Item Description 115.3.37 Quantity Date of issue September 1984 Illustration Desk Lamp Fluorescent with clamp, switch, cable and plug complete with: 5 fluorescent lamps 115.3.38 Desk Lamp Incandescent with clamp, switch, cable and plug, approx. 60 Watt complete with: 5 screw type bulbs 115.3.39 Table for Typewriter strong metal frame with wooden top, with extended working top for manuscript to be fitted on required side, adjustable in height with wheels, b r a k e s on at least two wheels, to be delivered dismantled approx. dimensions: 500 x 400 x 700 mm Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. r } Page 74 Equipment guide list List number 15: Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies Description Item 115.3.40 Quantity Date of issue September 1984 Illustration Pocket Recorder p o r t a b l e , b a t t e r y operated, to record and p l a y b a c k micro-cassettes, with b u i l t - i n microphone and louds p e a k e r , counter, stop and p a u s e function complete with: 5 micro c a s s e t t e s 2 x 60 minutes one set of b a t t e r i e s u s e r ' s manual a p p r o x . size 120 x 60 x 20 mm 115.3.Al Dictation- Transcription Machine for easy dictation and t r a n s c r i p t i o n of l e t t e r s , for up to 2 hours recording per c a s s e t t e , with remote control hand microphone, indication for pre-recorded sound and end of tape counter b u i l t - i n loudspeaker p o s s i b i l i t y to record from telephone complete with: 5 micro c a s s e t t e s 2 x 60 minutes cable and plug u s e r ' s manual a n d service manual 115.3.42 Microcassette 2 x 60 minutes 115.3.43 T r a n s c r i p t i o n Machine for p l a y b a c k of cassettes recorded on dictation machine, with sound reproduction through b u i l t - i n loudspeaker or headphones, indication for pre-recorded sound and end of t a p e counter p o s s i b i l i t y to operate with foot pedal complete with: headphones foot p e d a l cable and plug u s e r ' s manual service manual Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 75 Equipment guide list Item List number 15: Date of issue Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies September 1984 Description II5.3.44 Quantity Illustration Pocket Calculator - Standard with 8 digits liquid c r y s t a l d i s p l a y , the four basic calculations percent, square root, constant calculations, a memory function, automatic switch-off; powered by two R6 type batteries to be included, u s e r ' s manual II5.3.45 Pocket Calculator - Solar with 8 digits liquid c r y s t a l d i s p l a y , the four basic calculations, constant, a memory function, percent and square root c a l c u l a t i o n s , powered by solar c e l l s , u s e r ' s manual 115.3.46 Pocket Calculator - Scientific with 8 digits liquid c r y s t a l display, approx. 50 c a l c u l a t i n g functions, constant memory, p i , reciprocal conversion of d e g r e e s - r a d i a n s - g r a d s , low battery indicator, automatic switch-off, powered by two R6 type b a t t e r i e s to be included, u s e r ' s manual 115.3.47 Pocket Calculator - Programmable approx. 50 or more steps, constant memory, approx. 8 or more addressable storage r e g i s t e r s , program designation k e y s , automatic switching to scientific display in case of overflow, possibility to round off decimals (fixed point d i s p l a y ) , constant arithmetic, chain c a l c u l a t i o n s , approx. 60 pre-programmed mathematical and scientific functions, conversion possibility, 8-10 figure d i s p l a y , automatic power down facility, battery supply, preferably by R6 type b a t t e r i e s , u s e r ' s manual, standard software Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 76 Equipment guide list Item List number 15: Date of issue Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies September 1984 Description 115.3.48 Quantity Illustration Printing Calculator compact desk type calculator with 10-12 digits c a p a c i t y with p r i n t e r and liquid c r y s t a l d i s p l a y , with the four basic calculations four constant c a l c u l a t i o n s , item counter, a memory function, percent c a l c u l a t i o n , powered by b a t t e r i e s or through AC-adapter, complete with: one set of b a t t e r i e s , 1 AC-adapter, 2 ink r o l l s , 50 p a p e r r o l l s , u s e r ' s manual. 115-3.48A Paper Rolls for compact desk type p r i n t i n g calculator 115.3.49 Office Calculator heavy duty office calculator with 10-15 d i g i t s capacity with printout and fluorescent display with the four basic c a l c u l a t i o n s , four constant calculation, s q u a r e root, item counter, g r a n d total key, a memory function, percent calculation add-on and discount counting, percent increase and decrease calculations and key for reference p r i n t ex. date or numbering, AC supply, complete with: 2 ink rolls , 50 paper r o l l s , cable and p l u g , u s e r ' s manual 115.3.49A Paper Rolls for heavy duty office calculator Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 77 Equipment guide list Item List number 15: Date of issue Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies September 1984 Description 115.3.50 Quantity Illustration Microfiche Reader to display content of microfiche frame on a n t i g l a r e coated screen, change of magnification by means of ring mount lens system, constant focus during search, magnification of lenses a p p r o x . 24 x, 42 x and 48 x, one c a r r i e r for fiche size 105 x I48 mm and one u n i v e r s a l c a r r i e r size 180 x 240 mm complete with: dust cover cleaning kit 5 spare bulbs u s e r ' s manual 115.3.50A Bulb for Microfiche Reader 115.3.51 Microfiche Reader - Printer to display content and to produce copies of size A4 from microfiche frames, utilizing dry process and special paper, a n t i g l a r e coated screen, change of magnifications by means of ring mount lens system, constant focus during search, magnification of lenses approx. 24 x, 42 x and 48 x, one c a r r i e r for fiche size 105 x I48 mm and one u n i v e r s a l c a r r i e r size 180 x 240 mm complete with: dust cover cleaning kit 5 spare bulbs u s e r ' s manual service manual 115.3.51A Bulb for Microfiche Reader-Printer 115.3.51B Copying Paper for microfiche r e a d e r - p r i n t e r pack of 100 sheets 115.3.51C Toner for microfiche r e a d e r - p r i n t e r Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations w i t h specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 78 Equipment guide list List number 15: Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies Quantity Description Item 115.3.52 Date of issue September 1984 Illustration Microfiche Duplicator for d u p l i c a t i n g microfiches size 105 x 48 mm, consisting of p r i n t i n g and developing u n i t s , dry process, utilizing both special positive or negative films, duplicating speed approx. 6 microfiche per minute complete with: dust cover cleaning kit 5 spare bulbs u s e r ' s manual service manual II5.3.52 Bulbs for Microfiche Duplicator 115.3.52B Positive Film for microfiche duplicator, size 105 x U 8 , box of 1000 pes 115.3.52C Negative Film for microfiche duplicator, size 105 x 148, box of 1000 pes II5.3.52D Title Band, White for positive film, size of b a n d 12,5 mm for 1000 fiches 115.3.52E Title Band, Black for negative film, size of band 12,5 mm for 1000 fiches Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 79 f N. m "\ Equipment guide list List number 15: Date of issue / Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies September 1984 Section L, - Draughting Equipment and Supplies The items listed in this section are intended to meet the requirements of draughting and technical i l l u s t r a t i o n offices and classrooms. These items are p a r t i c u l a r l y useful for instructors and teachers when preparing drawings, l a y o u t s , etc. Management and commercial t r a i n i n g projects will also find t h a t many of their requirements are contained in this section. This section also includes equipment for l e t t e r i n g and s i g n s . Page 80 Equipment guide list List number 15: Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies Item Description 115.4.1 Compass - Set Quantity Date of issue September 1984 Illustration compass with detachable leg, lead insert and lead box, for circles up to approx. 300 mm diameter, approx. length 140 mm 115.4.2 Compass - With Automatic Bow Set quick set compass with automatic bow, lead insert and lead box and comDass attachment, for circles up to approx. 300 mm diameter, approx. length 160 mm 115.4.3 Beam Compass made of aluminium with working range approx. 950 mm, complete with t i p , lead and ink i n s e r t , approx. length 500 mm 115.4.4 Drawing Instrument Set - Small small set comprising: compass with quick setting bow for circles of approx. 350 mm diameter extension b a r , fixed working range approx. 600 mm lead insert, lead box, plastic c a s e . 115.4.5 Drawing Instrument Set - Medium set comprising: compass with quick setting bow for circles of approx. 350 mm diameter extension b a r , fixed working range approx. 600 mm divider, drop s p r i n g , bow combination, compass attachment, lead box, plastic case. Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 82 Equipment guide list List number 15: Date of issue Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies September 1984 Description Item 115.4.6 Quantity llustration Ruler - Wood made of wood with metric c a l i b r a t i o n , 300 mm length 0 1 l i g k & 7 S Ruler - Plastic for drawing and office use, made of strong plastic with metric c a l i b r a t i o n and inking edge II5.4.7 115.4.8' length 300 mm length 500 mm T-Square n made of strong clear plastic with metric c a l i b r a t i o n and inking edge II5.4.9 II5.4.IO i » i» i»i » i'i' 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 length 500 mm length 700 mm \J Triangle Scale with 6 reduction scales, length 300 mm II5.4.II scale A 1:20, 25, 50, 75, 100, 125 II5.4.I2 scale B 1:100, 200, 250, 300, 400, 500 II5.4.I3 scale C .1:500, 1000, 1250, 1500, 2000, 2500 i Ji Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations w i t h specific makes or models is purely coincidental. t i i i i i i i i i i r 20 0 1 SE I I ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ Page 83 Equipment guide list Item List number 15: Date of issue Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies September 1984 Description 115-4.14 Quantity Illustration Flexible Ruler metric c a l i b r a t i o n , length 300 mm 115.4.15 Tape Measure with metric c a l i b r a t i o n , in strong leather, metal or p l a s t i c case, approx. length 30 m 115.4.16 Measuring Rule measuring steel band with metric calibration in metal or strong plastic case, suitable also for internal measuring, length 2 m 115-4.17 Folding Rule made of tough wood with die-sunk metric and inch c a l i b r a t i o n , length 2 m Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 84 Equipment guide list List number 15: Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies Description Item triangle Quantity Date of issue September 1984 Illustration liJ'lUHUHil'iy'lil'lllWM^lllW^'FW'iliWiilil'Fllli'Jl' made of strong t r a n s p a r e n t p l a s t i c with metric c a l i b r a t i o n and inking edge, a p p r o x . length 250 mm 115.4.18 115.A.19 90, 90, 60 and 30 degrees 45 and 45 degrees 115.4.20 Adjustable Triangle strong p l a s t i c construction, a p p r o x . length 300 mm 115.4.21 Protractor made of strong c l e a r p l a s t i c with inking edge, 180 degrees, a p p r o x . length 150 mm 115.4.22 Curve Rulers set comprising 3 pieces with most common c u r v e s , made of strong c l e a r p l a s t i c Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 85 Equipment guide list Item List number 15: Date of issue Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies September 1984 Description Quantity Illustration 115.4.23 Template - Circles made of strong plastic with inking edge, circles from approx. 1 up to 36 mm by 1 mm i n t e r v a l 115.4.24 Template - Radii - 500 mm made of strong plastic with inking edge, circle, curves and r a d i i of commonly used dimensions, r a d i i from approx. 1 up to 500 mm 115.4.25 Template - Radii - 40 mm made of strong plastic with inking edge, circles, protractor and surface finish symbols, r a d i i from approx. 0,5 up to 40 mm 115.4.26 Template - Triangles made of strong plastic with inking edge, triangles from approx. 2 up to 32 mm by 1 mm interval 115.4.27 Template - Squares made of strong plastic with inking edge, squares from approx. 1 up to 35 mm by 1 mm i n t e r v a l 115.4.28 Template - Combined Symbols made of strong plastic with inking edge, circles, s q u a r e s , hexagones, triangles, each from approx. 3 up to 24 mm Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 86 Equipment guide list List number 15: Date of issue Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies September 1984 Description Item Quantity Illustration 115-A.29 Template - Quadrograph strong p l a s t i c q u a l i t y for use with pencils and inking pens, q u a d r o g r a p h to draw squares and rectangles from 2 to 68 mm 115.4.30 Template - Ellipses - Isometric made of strong p l a s t i c with inking edge, isometric ellipses from a p p r o x . 2 up to 60 mm 115.4.31 Template - Ellipses - Diametric made of strong p l a s t i c with inking edge, diametric ellipses from a p p r o x . 4 up to 70 mm 115.4.32 Template - Arrows made of strong p l a s t i c with v a r i o u s arrows in different s h a p e s , even s u i t a b l e for traffic p l a n n i n g , for use with pencils and inking pens 115.4.33 Template - Civil Engineering set of 3 to 5 pieces with civil engineering and a r c h i t e c t u r a l common symbols for use with pencils and inking pens, strong p l a s t i c q u a l i t y III.. 115.4.34 Templates - Electrical Engineering set of 3 to 5 pieces with all commonly used electro-technical symbols, strong q u a l i t y (coloured) t r a n s p a r e n t p l a s t i c , inking edge Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations w i t h specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 87 Equipment guide list List number 15: Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies Item Descriptor Quantity Date of issue September 1984 Illustration 115.4.35 Template - Sinus Curves to draw sinus-curves and other commonly used figures in electrical engineering, made of strong (coloured) t r a n s p a r e n t p l a s t i c , inking edge 115.4. 36 Templates - Electronics ~ — L-j 11îi « it"« • « ] 'i ; • " A» ~ set of 2 to 3 pieces with all symbols commonly used in electronics; strong q u a l i t y (coloured) t r a n s p a r e n t p l a s t i c , inking edge 115.4.37 Template Mechanical Symbols made of strong plastic with inking edge, approx. size 150 x 150 mm 115.4.38 Template - Radii and Nuts made of strong plastic with inking edge, with surface finish symbols, r a d i i from approx. 1,5 up to 20 mm, nuts and bolts from approx. M2 up to M24 Note: Any similarity in above Item descriptions and Illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 88 Equipment guide list List number 15: Date of issue Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies September 1984 Description Item Quantity Illustration Drawing Paper white strong paper for design and drawing, approx. 125-175 grams per square metre 115.4. 39 115.4.40 115.4.41 Size A4 (in packs or block) Size A3 (in packs or block) In rolls 150 cm wide, 25 m long T r a n s p a r e n t Drawing Paper strong t r a n s p a r e n t paper for a r t work and for easy copying, a p p r o x . 60 grams per square metre, 115.4.42 115.4.43 Size A4 (approx. 100 sheets/block) Size A3 (approx. 100 sheets/block) 115.4.44 in r o l l s , approx. width 900 mm, approx. length 20 m Millimeter Paper 115.4.45 115.4.46 115.4.47 s q u a r e d , l x l mm, paper of stront quality, Size A4 (approx. 100 sheets/block) Size A3 (approx. 100 sheets/block) In rolls approx width 900 mm, a p p r o x . length 20 metres Squared Drawing Paper squared, 5 x 5 mm, paper of strong quality, approx. 100 sheets per block 115.4.48 115.4.49 Size A4 Size A3 Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 89 Equipment guide list Item List number 15: Date of issue Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies September 1984 Quantity Description llustration Perspective Drawing Paper for perspective drawings and sketches in blocks or packs 50 to 100 sheets 115.4.50 115.4.51 Size A4 Size A3 115.4.52 Logarithm Paper - Single sheets with mm spaced module 100 size A4, approx. 50 115.4.53 perpendicular log and lines, axis 1 to 100, mm, sheets per block """jeii--"---" 9 ~ffi±Sï::ï:ï :HH|H:"±-7 "E -TTïïlTÎÏÏTÏÏÏÏif--6 ~ Logarithm Paper - Double sheets with log spaced module 100 size A4, approx. 50 perpendicular log and l i n e s , axis 1 to 100, mm, sheets per block Drawing Film 115.4.54 115.4.55 polyester film for t r a n s p a r e n t , good approx. thickness approx. 100 sheets Size A4 Size A3 drawings, quality, 0,05 mm per pack 115.4.56 in rolls, approx. width 850 mm, approx. length 20 m 115.4.57 Plastic Cover in rolls for protection of drawings etc. approx. width 600 mm length 25 m 115.4.58 Plastic Foil self-adhesive foil in rolls for protection of drawings and originals etc. approx. width 500 mm length 25 m Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 90 Equipment guide list List number 15: Date of issue Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies September 1984 Description Item 115.4.59 Quantity Illustration Stylet Set set comprising one metal handle and 5 pieces each of 5 different shaped b l a d e s , suitable for a r t work 115.4.60 m Cutting Pad white, squared cutting p a d , t r a n s p a r e n t , to be used s e p a r a t e l y or on a light t a b l e , approx. size 450 x 300 mm 115.4.61 Drawing Weight made of iron, covered by chamoisleather, approx. weight 400 grams approx. diameter 60 mm 115.4.62 Dusting Brush for cleaning on drafting machines, and desks, with wooden or p l a s t i c handle and soft b r i s t l e , approx. length 250 mm 115.4.63 Writing Board strong plastic board with p a p e r clip at the top, size A4 Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 91 Equipment guide list Item List number 15: Date of issue Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies September 1984 Quantity Description Illustration Drawing Board portable, made of p l a s t i c , flat with sliding p a r a l l e l ruler and paper holding clip 115.4.64 115.4.65 Size A4 Size A3 115.4.66 Protractor Head suitable for both A4 and A3 portable drawingboards, revolving 90 degrees, rulers with metric calibration and inking edge, length of r u l e r s 100 and 150 mm 115.4.67 Light Table wooden frame with g l a s s top and built-in l i g h t , approx. size 500 x 750 mm 115.4.68 Drawing Mechanism for light t a b l e , suspension running drawing mechanism with protractor head with scales 1:1:2,5, length of rulers 300 mm Drawing Board - Table model made of wood with laminated plastic top, for table use with adjustable stand, with suspension running drawing mechanism and protractor head with scales 1:1:2,5, length of rulers 300 mm 115.4.69 115.4.70 Size A2 Size Al 420 x 594 mm 594 x 841 mm Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Equipment guide list List number 15: Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies Item Quantity Description 115.4.71 Drafting, Machine Date of Issue September 1984 Illustration Educational for educational u s e , with good function, light but strong construction, full floating b a l a n c e , adjustable in height and a n g l e , with manual locking screw, r i g h t hand model on s t a n d , t r a c k type drafting machine with s t a n d a r d drafting head 360° c i r c u l a r s c a l e , r u l e r s made of t r a n s p a r e n t p l a s t i c with scale 1:1:5, length of r u l e r s 300 and 500 mm, utensils t r a y , a p p r o x . size of board 700 x 1200 mm II5.4.72 Drafting Machine - Heavy Duty heavy duty parallelogram type drawing t a b l e , full floating b a l a n c e by means of compression s p r i n g s , smoothly a d j u s t a b l e in height and angle by the parallelogram p r i n c i p l e , r i g h t hand model on stand, t r a c k type drafting machine with horizontal and v e r t i c a l r a i l s made of light metal with steel s t r i p s to t a k e magnetic clamps, utensils tray, s t a n d a r d d r a f t i n g head: 360° c i r c u l a r scale 180 0 -0°-180°, p r o t r a c t o r divided to one degree, double v e r n i e r , r u l e r s made of t r a n s p a r e n t p l a s t i c with scale 1:1:5, length of r u l e r s 300 and 500 mm, complete set of r u l e r s and accessories, a p p r o x . size of board 1000x1500 mm 115.4.72A Isometric Drafting attachment to drafting machine, made of p l a s t i c , a set of sliding angles move along an inclined t r a c k ; an angle to which tracing p a p e r is attached moves in exact isometric r a t i o to two dimensional drawings u n d e r n e a t h Note: Any similarity In above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 93 Equipment guide list Item List number 15: Date of issue Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies September 1984 Description 115.4.73 Quantity Illustration Drawing Holder small self adhesive plastic holders for drawings or other paper sheets 115.4.74 Wallstand for Drawings made of p l a s t i c , easy to assemble by height, approx. diameter of bow 250 mm 115.4.75 Stand for Drawings - Console heavy metal constructed brackets for wall mounting, with 5 drawing holders for up to Al sized drawings 115.4.76 Stand for Drawings - Floor heavy metal constructed floor s t a n d for 25 drawing holders, each holder for approx. 30 drawings of up to Al size 115.4.77 Drawing Cabinet heavy steel constructed cabinet with central lock and 15 drawers for drawings up to Al size, each drawer with dividers to enable proper storage of Al, A2, A3 and A4 drawings Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 94 Equipment guide list List number 15: Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies Description Item 115.4.78 Quantity Date of issue September 1984 Illustration Ink Drawing 3-Set set in p r a c t i c a l strong case comprising: 3 drawing pens, one each of 0,35, 0,5 and 0,7 mm line width 1 compass attachment 1 stencilling joint 1 ink bottle approx. 20 ml Note: for ink drawings see Annex IV 115.A.79 Ink Drawing 8-Set set in p r a c t i c a l strong case comprising: 8 drawing pens, one each of 0,18, 0,25, 0,35, 0,5, 0,7, 1,0, 1,4 and 2,0 mm line width 1 compass attachment 1 stencilling joint 1 ink bottle a p p r o x . 20 ml II5.4.8O Drawing Ink black, permanent ink for drawing on paper and film, in plastic bottle, a p p r o x . volume 50 ml per bottle 115.4.81 Cleaning Liquid for cleaning of ink-drawing p e n s , approx. volume 100 ml per bottle 115.4.82 Ink Cleaning Cup for cleaning of ink-drawing p e n s , with small compartments to place the p a r t s of the drawing pens into when c l e a n i n g , complete with 10 bags of cleaning concentrate Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 95 Equipment guide list Item List number 15: Date of issue Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies September 1984 Description Quantity Illustration Lettering Template - Straight Types templates made of plastic and with metal frame, with lowercase and capital l e t t e r s , to be used with ink drawing pens 115.A.83 115.4.84 115.4.85 115.4.86 115.4.87 115.4.88 115.4.89 115.4.90 À3CiEGHJKLMNxlÎPRSfÛ height of l e t t e r s : 1,8 mm 2,5 mm 3,5 mm 5,0 mm 7,0 mm 10,0 mm 14,0 mm 20,0 mm 18 3abcdefgi 3,5 aabcdc aabcde. 5,0 aabc aabc 7,0 aab dab 10,0 aa aa 14,0 ac ac 20,0 a a height of l e t t e r s : 1,8 mm 115.4.91 115.4.92 115.4.93 115.4.94 115.4,95 115.4-96 115.4.97 115.4.98 3,5 5,0 7,0 10,0 14,0 20,0 115.4.99 Template 2,5 mm mm mm mm mm mm mm êabcdefg' 2,5 aabcdefgl Lettering Template - Slanted Types templates made of plastic and with metal frame, with lowercase and capital l e t t e r s , to be used with ink drawing pens aobcdefgl strong plastic q u a l i t y , for use with pencils and inking pens, for letter spacings of 2,5 to 10 mm letters Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 96 Equipment guide list Date of issue List number 15: Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies Quantity Description Item Rub-on L e t t e r s a n d II5.4.IOO II5.4.IOI II5.4.IO2 7,9 mm 28 pt 10,0 mm 36 pt 11,4 mm 42 pt Illustration Numbers s h e e t s w i t h a c o m b i n a t i o n of l e t t e r s , numbers and symbols which t r a n s m i t s from t h e s h e e t s t h r o u g h r u b b i n g , s u i t a b l e for a r t w o r k , p r o d u c t i o n of o v e r h e a d t r a n s p a r e n c i e s etc. a p p r o x . size 400 x 250 mm Extra Light h e i g h t of l e t t e r s : September 1984 Extra Light Eai Ea1 Ea1 28pt 7.9mmB 36 pt lO.OmmB 4 2 pt 11.4mmB Medium Ea1 28pt 7.9mmN Eai Ea1 42pt 36 pt lO.OmmN Medium h e i g h t of l e t t e r s ; II5.4.IO3 II5.4.IO4 II5.4.IO5 7,9 mm 28 pt 10,0 mm 36 pt 11,4 mm 42 pt Û Medium O u t l i n e h e i g h t of l e t t e r s : 115.4.106 II5.4.IO7 10,0 mm 36 pt 11,4 mm 42 pt Med. Italic Ea1 28pt 7.8mm Medium I t a l i c h e i g h t of l e t t e r s : 115.4.108 II5.4.IOS II5.4.IIO 7,9 mm 28 pt 10,0 mm 36 p t 11,4 mm 42 p t Bold h e i g h t of l e t t e r s : II5.4.III 115.4.112 II5.4.II3 7,9 mm 28 pt 10,0 mm 36 pt 11,4 mm 42 pt 36 pt 10.0mm 42pt 11.7mm Bold Ea1 Eai Ea1 36pt 10.0mm Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. 4 2 pt 11.7mmN Page 97 Equipment guide list Item List number 15: Date of issue Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies September 1984 Quantity Description llustration 115.4.114 Rub-on Lines sheets with lines, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 7 points, approx. size 400 x 250 mm li I I I I i 115.4.115 Rub-on Symbols sheets with different symbols: circles, s q u a r e s , s t a r s , arrows and t r i a n g l e s , approx. size 400 x 250 mm ::Î:::|Î?;;?I????S:::?SÎ ooooooooooooo •ooooooooooooooooooooooo cooocoooooooooooQooooooo oooooooooooooooooootoooo oooooooooooooocooooooooo ••••••••••••••••••••••o* •••••••••••••••••••••••a •••••••••••••••••••••••a QaDQaaoDQQaDaononQnnarjaü naDoaaDoaDaoarjaaaaoaaoan DDDDDD • * * • • • • • rfà ÒWOVOA1 OOOOOj 115.4.116 Rub-on Arrows 4M444t44»4t44»44444 sheets with different arrows, approx. size 400 x 250 mm \\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\ \\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\ ******************************** AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA uuiiiiiiiuumu AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA r>f.r>r>r«Mvivrtf«r>i<.r>r>Mv luiiumimiiun uuvvvuvuuvuvu. muuvv.vu.u.uuvv 444444444444444444444444444 444444444444444444444444444 *****m*è*àii,,êèàà 4444444444444444 4444444444444444 4444444444444 4444444444444 O 115.4.117 Rub-on Circles with Numbers sheets with circles numbered from 1 to 50, approx. size 400 x 250 mm O ®® §) ® ® (0) (S) (5Î 115.4.118 Rub-on Tool O O- -Û- <2> O -O -£> O -Ce •£> -O -O ®®®®®®fí)®®&®®& ®®®®®®0®®®®®® ®®®®®®®®®®®©® S®®®®®®®®®®®® ® ® ® ® ® ® i ® -K ® © ® © ® ® ® ® ® ® Î- ® ® ®ft© ® ® © ® ® ® a & ® « © j. ® ® ®®®®®®&®®<!>J!®® ®®®®®®©®®«®®S ®®®®®®®®®®®©& ®®®®®®»®®®®©® ® ® ® ® 0 ® ® ® ® ® ® ® ® ®0® * ® ® ® ® ® ® 0 ® ® ® ® ® ® ®®® . ® S ® ® ® ® ® ® ® ® ® ® ® ®®®0 ® © ® © ® © ® © ® © ® ® ®0®' ®®®®®®%®®®®®® ®®0 ' ® ® ® ® © ® e ® 3 ® G ® S ©e®: 3,®0®©®©®0®0®e ® G ® 0.®©®0®0®©®G®© © O C ®®0®e®&®©®0®0 ®0® " ©®e®0®0®©®0se ©0®. 0®0®0®0®©®0®0 ®0® ©®s®©®0®©®©®© ®0®0®©®0®0®.©®e®© ® Q ® " 0®0®©®0®0®©®O ®S® . 3> © ® ® ® 's<;®®® á © ® ® ® ®® •>©© ®®® ®®® i®®©® ©®® s®©® © ®®® 9®®©® ©0® â®®®® ©®® î>®â®® © ® ® 3®®®® ®S® 9®®®® ®®® SS®®® ®®® E'®®®® ® 0 ® 5®®®® ©®® 3®0®© ®0® ?©©©© ®0® 3®0®© ©0® 9®©®© ©0® 5®0®0 ®G® 5®©®© ©0® 9®0®0 ®0® 3®© ®0® 3®0®© ®Q® ®®®® ®®®® ®®®® ©©©a ®®£® • ®0®® ' ® ® ® @ ®®®' ® ® ® ®®®©, ® 0 ® 0®®® • ©®® ©©®© • ®®0® ® ® ® ® © i» ® ® : ® ® @ ® ®®®®. ® ® ® ® ®®®®' © S 0 ® e®©®' ®®®« ®®@® • 0 ® S ® ©©e®; ©®@® 0®©® • 0®©® © ® G ® • 0®0® ©®£®; ©®e® © 0 0 ® . © ® 0 ® 0®tD® • ©®e® © ® 0 ® • ©®e® © ® Q ® • 0®0®. 0®S® made of wood or strong plastic for precise transfer of r u b on letters to paper Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 98 Equipment guide list List number 15: Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies Item Quantity Description Date of issue September 1984 llustration 115.4.119 Rub-on R a s t e r Sheets - 50% c o - o r d i n a t e d dots w i t h 50% b l a c k , on s h e e t s a p p r o x . size 300 x 400 mm 115.4.120 Rub-on R a s t e r Sheets 70% c o - o r d i n a t e d dots w i t h 70% b l a c k , on s h e e t s a p p r o x . s i z e 300 x 400 mm 115.4.121 L e t t e r i n g Machine Set manual operated lettering machine, for q u i c k composing of t e x t s a n d h e a d l i n e s , made on self a d h e s i v e t r a n s p a r e n t tape with b l a c k t e x t , e a s y to mount on a r t w o r k , l a b e l s , transparencies, drawings etc. t y p e s on s t r o n g r e p l a c e a b l e p l a s t i c discs Tape in c a s s e t t e s which c a n be p u t i n t o t h e m a c h i n e complete easily with: 2 t y p e d i s c s , 12 pt a n d 24 p t 10 c a s s e t t e s of t r a n s p a r e n t t a p e 115.4.121A T r a n s p a r e n t for l e t t e r i n g in c a s s e t t e . Tape machine, Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 99 Equipment guide list Item List number 15: Date of issue Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies September 1984 Description Quantity Illustration 115.4.122 Embossing Tool - 6 a n d 9 mm for 6 a n d 9 mm t a p e w i d t h , a p p r o x . 4 mm c a p i t a l l e t t e r s Embossing Tape m a t t , 6 mm wide approx. 5 m per reel 115.4.122 A 115.4.122B 11S4.122C 11S4.122D Blue Black Red Green Embossing Tape m a t t , 9 mm wide approx. 5 m per reel 115.4.122E Blue 115.4.122F Black 115.4.122G Red 115.4.122H Green 115.4.123 Embossing Tool - 9 a n d 12 mm for 9 a n d 12 mm t a p e w i d t h , a p p r o x . 5 mm c a p i t a l l e t t e r s , complete w i t h 2 s i g n d i s c s Embossing Tape m a t t , 12 mm w i d e , a p p r o x . 5 m per reel 115.4.123A 115.4.123B 115.4.123C 115.4.123D Blue Black Red Green Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 100 Equipment guide list List number 15: Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies Quantity Description Item Information Date of issue September 1984 Illustration Signs s e l f - a d h e s i v e l a b e l s made of p l a s t i c with i n t e r n a t i o n a l signs i n w h i t e on b l a c k Sign: 115. .124 115- ,125 115.4.126 115.A.127 115.4.128 115.4.129 115.4.130 115..4 .131 115..4 .132 115.4.133 115.4.134 115.4.135 115...4 136 115..4 137 115..4 138 115.4.139 115.4.140 II5.4.I41 II5.4.I42 115.4.143 WC Men Women Wheelchair In Out Push Pull Parking Wardrobe Lift Telephone Staff o n l y Washroom Water Waste b i n Arrow, l e f t Arrow, r i g h t Arrow, u p Arrow, down II5.4.I44 E m b o s s i n g Sign Machine B3DDB El C H E QHHH STAFF ONLY • ••• for m a k i n g n a m e s i g n s a n d o t h e r t e x t i n f o r m a t i o n on e m b o s s i n g t a p e to b e p l a c e d i n h o l d e r a n d a t t a c h e d at the w a l l , p r i n t s both c a p i t a l and lowercase letters, a p p r o x . h e i g h t of l e t t e r s 13 mm, e m b o s s i n g t a p e 19 mm w i d e . E m b o s s i n g T a p e - 19 mm a p p r o x . 10 m r e e l 115.4.144A 115.4.144B 115.4.144C 115.4.144D Blue Black Red Green L15.4.145 Sign Holder m a d e of a l u m i n i u m to h o l d s i g n s a n d t e x t i n f o r m a t i o n p r i n t e d on e m b o s s i n g t a p e 19 mm w i d e , a p p r o x . l e n g t h 220 mm complete w i t h : s e t of w a l l a t t a c h m e n t a n d s c r e w s Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 101 Equipment guide list List number 15: Date of issue Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies September 1984 Section 5 - Office and Classroom Furniture The items listed in this section meet the general requirements for furnishing offices, classrooms, vocational t r a i n i n g centres and technical education i n s t i t u t e s . As many of these items are r a t h e r l a r g e and heavy, the specifications given and the i l l u s t r a t i o n s shown can also be used for local purchase and manufacture. Page 102 Equipment guide list Date of issue List number 15: Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies Quantity Description Item 115.5.1 September 1984 Illustration Chalk Board for wall mounting, dark green surface for normal chalk, a p p r o x . size 1000 x 1200 mm 115.5.2 Chalk Boards with Metallic Surface for wall mounting, dark green surface for normal chalk and with metallic surface for magnetic display, a p p r o x . size 1000 x 1200 mm 115.5.3 Chalk Board on Stand d a r k green surface for normal c h a l k , swivel type for use on both s i d e s , stand with wheels, approx. size 1500 x 1200 mm 115.5.4 Instrument Set for Chalk Board 2 3 * SÌ good q u a l i t y made from wood or p l a s t i c set comprising: ruler length 100 cm O T-square t r i a n g l e 45-90-45° protractor compass Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 103 Equipment guide list Item List number 15: Date of issue Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies September 1984 Description 115.5.5 Quantity Illustration Chalk - White good dustless q u a l i t y , for use with chalk boards, white, approx. 150 pes per box II5.5.6 Chalk - Coloured good dustless q u a l i t y , for use with chalk b o a r d s , coloured, 12 different colours per box II5.5.7 Chalkboard Cleaner for dry cleaning of c h a l k b o a r d s , with wooden or plastic handle, approx. size 100 x 150 mm II5.5.8 Conference Easel for Paper Pads with writing board for chalk, mounting clamp for paper pad and a shelf for c h a l k s , foldable with adjustable metal legs, approx. size of board 600 x 900 mm II5.5.9 Paper Pad for Conference Easel white, for conference easel, approx. 25 sheets per p a d , approx. size 600 x 850 mm II5.5.IO Felt Marker Set set of 4 markers in following colours: blue, black, red and green, for use on paper pads on conference easel Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 104 Equipment guide list List number 15: Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies Description Item 115.5.11 Quantity Date of issue September 1984 Illustration Magnetic Symbols Set small symbols in following colours: b l u e , red, green and yellow, for magnetic d i s p l a y , each set c o n t a i n i n g : arrows, c i r c l e s , s q u a r e s in different sizes and triangles, a p p r o x . 300 magnetic symbols per set 115.5.12 Magnetic Sheets set of one sheet each of the following colours: blue, red green and yellow, for making magnetic symbols a p p r o x . size of sheets 100 x 300 mm 115.5.13 White Board Marker Set set of 6 markers in different colours for use with white board and conference easel 115.5.14 Cleaning Pad to clean the surface on white board 115.5.15 Magnetic Buttons set of L, colours, b l u e , red, green and yellow, a p p r o x . 20 buttons per colour, a p p r o x . diameter 20 mm Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 105 Equipment guide list Item List number 15: Date of issue Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies September 1984 Description 115.5.16 Quantity llustration Conference Easel with White Board with white plastic coated writing board for special felt markers and with metallic surface for magnetic d i s p l a y , mounting clamp for paper pad and a shelf for accessories, foldable with adjustable metal legs, approx. size of board 600 x 900 mm Note: Paper pads for conference easel on pa ge 104 • 1115.5.17 White Board with white plastic coated writing board for special felt markers and with metallic surface for magnetic display, approx. size 1800 x 1000 mm Planning Board for wall mounting with white plastic coated writing board for special felt markers and metallic surface for magnetic display with special print for p l a n n i n g , approx. size 600 x 900 mm, complete with a set of magnetic symbols 115-5.18 annual planning checked p a t t e r n , 50 lines, with horizontal printed week numbers 1-53 115.5.19 annual p l a n n i n g , with horizontal printed Monday-Sunday for 5 weeks, v e r t i c a l l y printed 12 lines Jan-Dec Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 106 Equipment guide list List number 15: Audiovisual; draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies Description Item II5.5.2O Quantity Date of issue September 1984 Illustration Flannel Board for wall mounting, strong construction with wooden frame, for use on both sides, a p p r o x . size 800 x 1200 mm complete with: 10 felt papersheets each of the following colours: white, yellow, red, blue, brown, green and black for making symbols and figures for flannel boards tV If a p p r o x . size of felt paper sheets 500 x 700 mm II5.5.2I Planning Board for wall mounting, covered with small horizontal slots for insertion of p l a n n i n g s t r i p s complete with: p l a n n i n g s t r i p s made of c a r d b o a r d , approx. 1000 s t r i p s each in following colours: white, b l u e , red yellow, green and orange a p p r o x . sizes: board 700 x 500 mm s t r i p s 300 x 20 mm II5.5.22 Notice Board strong construction with wooden frame for wall mounting, surface covered with textile, s u i t a b l e for fastening notices with pins or staples Note : Pins and tacks on page 54. Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 107 Equipment guide list Item List number 15: Date of issue Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies September 1984 Description 115.5.23 Quantity Illustration Key Storage Cabinet strong metal construction with cylinder lock, for approx. 60 keys, a p p r o x . size 300 x 300 x 100 mm II5.5.24 Key-Plate made of p l a s t i c , with a label and a hook, approx. size 50 x 20 mm II5.5.25 File Stand mobile floor stand with L, c a s t o r s , strong metal frame with two shelves for books and files approx. dimensions: height 800 mm length 800 mm width 350 mm 115.5.26 Clothes Locker strong metal construction, lockable door, with one shelf, rack coat and towel hooks, complete with 2 keys approx. dimensions: height 1900 mm width 400 mm depth 500 mm Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 108 Equipment guide list List number 15: Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies Item Description 115.5.27 Office Cabinet Quantity Date of issue September 1984 Illustration strong metal construction with two lockable doors and 5 a d j u s t a b l e shelves, complete with 2 keys a p p r o x . dimensions: height 2000 mm width 1000 mm depth 500 mm to be delivered dismantled 115.5.28 Cash Box strong metal box with safety lock and t r a y for coins, complete with 2 keys , a p p r o x . size 300 x 250 x 100 mm II5.5.29 Locker for Valuables strong metal construction with safety lock, for personal effects a p p r o x . dimensions for each module: height 300 mm width 300 mm depth 350 mm Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 109 Equipment guide list Item List number 15: Date of issue Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies September 1984 Description 115.5.30 Quantity Illustration Safe small, for all sorts of documents requiring protection from b u r g l a r y and fire, with picklock protection and fire protection for approx. 60 minutes, with locking bolts in steel, complete with 2 keys approx. dimensions: height width depth II5.5.3I 500 mm 550 mm 500 mm inside 350 mm hOO mm 350 mm Shredding Machine for destroying documents by shredding them to approx. U mm wide, with b u i l t - i n paper b a s k e t , approx. capacity 6 sheets approx. cutting length 230 mm (A4) Note: Any similarity In above Item descriptions and Illustrations with specific makes or models Is purely coincidental. Page 110 Equipment guide list List number 15: Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies Quantity Description Item 115.5.32 Illustration Desk Lamp desk lamp for up to 60 watt b u l b s , with adjustable arm, total length a p p r o x . 800 mm, lamp shade diameter a p p r o x . 200 mm, screw fitting of the lamp complete with: desk s t a n d 5 s p a r e 60 watt bulbs cable and plug II5.5.33 Fluorescent Desk Lamp with adjustable arm, a p p r o x . length 1000 mm, approx. size of lampshade 500x100 mm complete with: desk stand 5 spare fluorescent cable and plug bulbs 115.5.34 Magnifying Lamp with 3,5 dioptries magnifying g l a s s and fluorescent t u b e , adjustable arm with total length approx. 1000 mm, approx. diameter of lamp shade and magnifying g l a s s 250 mm complete with: table clamp attachment 2 spare fluorescent tubes cable and plug Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Date of issue September 1984 Equipment guide list iîSSk m Item List number 15: Date of issue Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies September 1984 Description 115.5.35 Quantity Illustration Office Desk w i t h Side T a b l e s t r o n g metal frame c o n s t r u c t i o n with wooden d e s k t o p , complete w i t h t h r e e l o c k a b l e d r a w e r s a n d one s i d e t a b l e w i t h s m a l l c a b i n e t to form a L - s h a p e office p l a c e , d r a w e r s to be f i t t e d with d i v i d e r s and utensils t r a y , c a b i n e t to be f i t t e d w i t h s e v e n l e t t e r t r a y s size A4 a n d a front shutter panel, complete w i t h two k e y s approx. dimensions: desk top 1600 x 800 mm side t a b l e top 1600 x 430 mm height 800 mm Note: Must be d e l i v e r e d 115.5-36 dismantled Office Desk s t r o n g metal frame c o n s t r u c t i o n w i t h wooden d e s k t o p , complete w i t h t h r e e l o c k a b l e d r a w e r s on b o t h s i d e s , d r a w e r s complete w i t h d i v i d e r s a n d u t e n s i l s t r a y a n d two keys approx. dimensions: desk top 1800 x 800 mm height 800 mm Note: Must b e d e l i v e r e d 115.5.37 dismantled Bookcase made of wood w i t h two s h e l v e s , s u i t a b l e a s a top on a c u p b o a r d or as a s e p a r a t e s t a n d i n g bookcase approx. length depth height 115.5.38 dimensions: 1100 mm 300 mm 800 mm Cupboard made of wood w i t h metal f r a m e , w i t h two s h u t t e r d o o r s , i n c l u d i n g s e v e n letter t r a y s approx. length depth height dimensions: 1100 mm 430 mm 800 mm Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 112 Equipment guide list List number 15: Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies Description Item II5.5.39 Quantity Date of issue September 1984 Illustration Office Shelf s t r o n s metal construction with five a d j u s t a b l e wooden shelves a p p r o x . dimensions: height 1900 mm width 900 mm depth 300 mm must be delivered dismantled 115.5.40 Office Chair metal construction with five swivel wheels, cloth upholstered seat and b a c k , t u r n a b l e , adjustable i n h e i g h t , a p p r o x . seat height from 400 up to 500 mm II5.5.4I Office Chair with Armrest metal construction with five swivel wheels, cloth upholstered seat and b a c k , with a r m r e s t s , t u r n a b l e , adjustable in h e i g h t , a p p r o x . seat height from 400 up to 500 mm Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. page 113 Equipment guide list Item List number 15: Date of issue Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies September 1984 Description Quantity Illustration 115.5.42 Student Chair with strong metal frame, seat and back of moulded wood, s t a c k a b l e , approx. seat height 450 mm 115.5.43 Chair - Stackable with strong metal frame, seat and back of moulded p l a s t i c , linkable and s t a c k a b l e , approx. seat height 450 mm 115.5.441 Chair with Writing Table with strong metal frame, seat and back of moulded p l a s t i c , l i n k a b l e , approx. seat height 450 mm, approx. size of table 250 x 500 mm 115.5.45 Chair for Conference Rooms with wooden frame and armrests, upholstered seat and back, approx. seat height 450 mm 115.5.46 Stool with strong metal frame and with wooden seat, s t a c k a b l e , approx. height 450 mm Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 114 Equipment guide list List number 15: Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies Quantity Description Item 115.5.47 Date of issue September 1984 Illustration Student Desk - Simple with strong metal frame a n d laminated desk top for one student, adjustable in height approx. dimensions: desktop height 115.5.48 700 x 600 mm 600 x 750 mm Students Desk - Double with strong metal frame a n d laminated desk top for two students approx. dimensions: desk top height 115.5.49 1500 x 700 mm 750 mm Table - Portable with top made of wood-fibre-board and with foldable wooden legs approx. dimensions: table top 1500 x 700 mm height 750 mm 115.5.50 Table for Conference Room made of wood suitable for conference room and for 6 c h a i r s approx. dimensions: table top 2000 x 900 mm height 750 mm Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 115 Equipment guide list Item List number 15: Date of issue Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies September 1984 Description 115.5.51 Quantity Illustration Conference Cupboard for wall mounting, made of wood with two doors, inside fitted with white plastic coated writing board for special felt markers and metallic surface for magnetic display, b u i l t - i n projection screen, hooks for conference paper pads approx. dimensions: white board 2000 x 1200 mm projection screen 1800 x 1800 mm complete with: set of 6 white board markers i n different colours one white board cleaner set of L, felt markers for conference pads one pointer approx. length 1 m 10 pes conference paper pads approx. size 600 x 850 mm II5.5.52 Mirror - Framed Note: size of a mirror should be specified in the request. Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 116 Equipment guide list List number 15: Date of issue Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies September 1984 Section 6 - Reproduction Equipment and Supplies Assortments of simple and elaborate copying and p r i n t i n g equipment and supplies are listed in this section. These items are useful for the preparation of contrast p r i n t s and copies as required for t r a i n i n g software and forms. They are not intended as supplies for a commercial printing p r e s s . The l a r g e offset p r i n t e r and the accompanying supplies are only intended for projects where l a r g e q u a n t i t i e s of t r a i n i n g material are printed to cover the needs of a province, a country or a region. When preparing a request of printing equipment and supplies the advice of a specialist in p r i n t i n g should be o b t a i n e d . Proper operation with continously good results of the heavier offset p r i n t e r needs a skilled operator. The supplies should be ordered for q u a n t i ties in lots of 100.000 copies. Only those types and makes of photocopiers a n d / o r duplicating machines should be listed in equipment requests having r e l i a b l e a f t e r - s a l e s services in the recipient country. Annex V - Different methods for reproduction Page 118 Equipment guide list List number 15: Date of issue Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies September 1984 Item Description 115.6.1 Photocopier - Small Quantity Illustration small plain paper copier for single A4 size copies, suitable for ordinary and coloured paper 60 to 120 grams per square metre and for t r a n s p a r e n c y sheets, 1:1 reproduction, exchangeable cartridge containing essential p a r t s and toner approx. capacity 2500 copies p e r cartridge paper loading by cassette containing approx. 100 sheets approx. capacity 10 copies per minute complete with: 4 c a r t r i d g e s with black toner 1 paper cassette A4 u s e r ' s manual approx. size 400 x 500 x 250 mm Note: copying paper on page 140 115.6.1A Toner for a photocopier in c a r t r i d g e s Note: model(s) of copier(s) should be specified when ordering toner and spare parts Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 120 Equipment guide list List number 15: Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies Item Description 115.6.2 Photocopier - Medium Quantity Date of issue September 1984 Illustration p l a i n paper copier for p a p e r size A4/A5 to B4/B5, 1:1 reproduction, for single or multi-copying up to 99 copies, for copying on paper from 60 up to 90 grams per square metre, paper loading by cassette containing approx. 100 sheets, a p p r o x . c a p a c i t y 10 copies per minute, copy contrast regulator complete with: one A4/A5 p a p e r cassette one B4/B5 p a p e r cassette toner for a p p r o x . 40.000 copies u s e r ' s manual service manual 115.6.2A Toner Note: model(s) of copier(s) should be specified when ordering toner and spare parts 115.6.2B Service Spare P a r t s Set 115.6.2C Pedestal for Photocopier Medium Size floor s t a n d on castors and with compartments for paper and supplies for photocopier Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 121 Equipment guide list List number 15: Date of issue Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies September 1984 Item Description 115.6.3 Photocopier - Large Size Quantity Illustration plain paper copier for A3/Á4 paper size and weight from 60 grams per square metre to 120 grams per square metre, with three or four reduction possibilities; and two enlarging possibilities; single or multicopying up to 99 copies, paper feed by 2 cassettes A4 and A3, each cassette for approx. 250 sheets, copy contrast r e g u l a t o r , alphanumerical o p e r a t o r ' s and diagnostic display copying speed: A4, about 20 copies per minute A3, about 12 copies per minute complete with: A4 cassette A3 cassette toner for approx. 120.000 copies u s e r ' s manual service manual Note: copying paper on page 140 115.6.3A Toner Note: model(s) of copier(s) should be specified when ordering toner and spare parts 115.6.3B Service Spare P a r t s Set 115.6.3C Pedestal for Photocopier Large Size floor stand on castors and with compartments for paper and supplies for photocopier Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models . is purely coincidental. Page 122 Equipment guide list List number 15: Date of issue Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies September 1984 Item Description 115.6. 4 Photocopier - Large Size With Sorter Quantity Illustration p l a i n paper copier for p a p e r sizes A4 and A3 with two or three reduction p o s s i b i l i t i e s , r a n g e of p a p e r weight of o r i g i n a l s and copies from 60 grams to 120 grams per square metre, paper loading by two c a s s e t t e s , A4 and A3 size, each cassette for approx. 250 sheets, s o r t e r : v e r t i c a l type, with 15 b i n s , each bin with capacity of a p p r o x . 40 copies, counter up to 99 copies, copy contrast r e g u l a t o r , alphanumerical o p e r a t o r ' s and diagnostic d i s p l a y copying speed of about 30-35 copies per minute for A4 p a p e r complete with: one cassette A4 one cassette A3 u s e r ' s manual service manual toner for approx. 120.000 copies Note: copying paper on page 140 115.6.4A Toner 115.6.4B Service Spare Part Set Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 123 Equipment guide list List number 15: Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies Item Description 115.6.5 Photocopier - Large Size High Speed Quantity Date of issue September 1984 Illustration plain paper copier for paper sizes A4 and B4 with three or four reduction p o s s i b i l i t i e s , minimum range of paper weight from 60 to 120 grams per square metre, approx. capacity of paper cassette 500-1000 sheets, sorter: v e r t i c a l type, two sections, each section with 20 b i n s , each bin capacity 100 sheets (80 grams per square metre), selector of copies from 1 to 999, copying speed approx. 50-70 sheets per minute, copy contrast r e g u l a t o r , alphanumerical o p e r a t o r ' s and diagnostic d i s p l a y complete with: s t a n d a r d cassettes (A4 and B4) u s e r ' s manual service manual toner for approx. 200.000 copies Note: copying paper on page 140 115.6.5A Toner Note: model(s) of copier(s) should be specified when ordering toner and spare parts 115.6.5B Service Spare P a r t s Set Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 124 Equipment guide list List number 15: Date of issue Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies September 1984 Description Item Quantity Illustration Note: copying p a p e r on p a g e 140 Address Labels for Photocopier labels suitable for plain p a p e r copier white, on A4 sheets 115.6.6 100 sheets, label size 70 x 36 mm, 24 labels per sheet 115.6.7 100 sheets, label size 105 x 36 mm, 16 labels per sheet Transparencies for Photocopier suitable for plain paper copier, with a printed white edge, size A4, approx. 100 sheets per box 115.6.8 115.6.9 115.6.10 115.6.11 115.6.12 Clear Blue Red Green Yellow Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models Is purely coincidental. 125 Equipment guide list Item List number 15: Date of issue Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies September 1984 Description Quantity Illustration Ammonia Copying Machine table model ammonia vapour developing, v a r i a b l e speed control, separate on/off, forward/reverse, heater and a u x i l i a r y ammonia pump switch, p a p e r cutting facility approx. specifications: working width 1200 mm, maximum copying speed 5 m per minute, dry copies, dimensions 1400 x 350 x 250 mm complete with: two spare exposure drums (if applicable) ten spare fluorescent tubes connecting cable and plug u s e r ' s manual, service manual 115.6.13A Developer for Ammonia Copying Machine 115.6.M Ammonia Copying Center with integral base, roll holder, p a p e r cutter, v a r i a b l e speed control, fine control, b u i l t - i n voltage s t a b i l i z e r , automatic siphoning off ammonia from the surface of the p r i n t , ammonia filter approx. specifications: working width 1200 mm maximum copying speed 6 m/minute dry copies, copy storage compartment, complete with: two spare exposure drums (if applicable) ten spare fluorescent tubes connecting cable and plug u s e r ' s manual, service manual 115.6. UA Developer for Ammonia Copying Center Ammonia Copying Paper with normal sensitivity, producing black or blue lines on white background 80 grams per square metre approx. size 1000 mm x 30 m 115.6.15 Black 115.6.16 Blue approx. size 600 mm x 50 m 115.6.17 Black 115.6.18 Blue 115.6.13 Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 126 Equipment guide list List number 15: Date of issue Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies September 1984 Description Item Quantity Illustration 115.6.19 Spirit Duplicator - Manual with fold-up feed and receiving t r a y s , with adjustable p a p e r feed p r e s s u r e and corner s e p a r a t o r s , adjustable p r i n t i n g p r e s s u r e , fully automatic fluid by wick a n d moistening roller, 3 digit copy counter a p p r o x . specifications: for maximum paper size 230 x 360 mm maximum p r i n t i n g speed 80 copies per minute dimensions 350x350x250 mm II5.6.2O Spirit Duplicator - Electric with fold-up feed and receiving t r a y s , with adjustable p a p e r feed p r e s s u r e and corner s e p a r a t o r s , adjustable p r i n t i n g p r e s s u r e , fully automatic fluid by wick and moistening roller, 3 digit copy counter approx. specifications: for maximum p a p e r size 230 x 360 mm maximum p r i n t i n g width 230 mm p r i n t i n g speed 80 copies per minute dimensions 350x350x250 mm 115.6.21 Spirit Carbon Stencils normal s t a n d a r d black s p i r i t stencils for a p p r o x . 100 copies, size A¿, approx. 100 stencils per box 115.6.22 Duplicating Liquid for Spirit Duplicator for s p i r i t duplicators in t i n s or plastic container, approx. 5 l i t r e s per container II5.6.23 Correcting Fluid for Spirit Duplicating for s p i r i t d u p l i c a t i n g s t e n c i l s , bottle with b r u s h , a p p r o x . 25 ml per bottle à Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 127 Equipment guide list List number 15: Date of issue Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies September 1984 Quantity Description Item 115.6.24 Illustration Electronic Stencil Cutter with scanning cylinder for transfer of o r i g i n a l s : t e x t s , i l l u s t r a t i o n s and photographs to electro-stencils; sensitivity control, density control for reducing or increasing cutting density, light indication when styli and filter need to be replaced approx. specifications: dual scanning time 5 or 2,5 minutes maximum o r i g i n a l size 200x380 mm maximum scanning area 210x350 mm complete with: 50 styli 20 carbon filters 10 o r i g i n a l holders 10 stencil holders 2 s t a n d a r d service sets (scanning lamp, reading lamp, springs etc) 1 set of service instrument connecting cable and plug u s e r ' s manual service manual 115.6.24A Electro-Stencils - Lonq Run for electronic stencil cutter, for approx. 10.000 copies, approx. 100 stencils per box 115.6.24B Electro-Stencils - Short Run for electronic stencil cutter, for approx. 1.000 copies, approx. 100 stencils per box 115.6.24C Styli for Electronic Stencil Cutter 25 pes in box 115.6.24D Carbon Filter for Stencil Cutter 115.6.24E Correction Fluid for Electro-Stencils for stencils used with electronic stencil cutter, bottle with brush, approx. 25 ml per bottle Note: Any similarity in above Item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 128 Equipment guide list Item List number 15: Date of issue Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies September 1984 Description 115.6.25 Quantity Illustration Stencil Duplicator heavy d u t y , high speed d u p l i c a t o r , electrically operated but also possible to operate manually, with automatic feed system for various weight of paper or b o a r d s , accurate secondary feed for overp r i n t i n g of t e x t s , copying on headings and forms or for s e v e r a l colours, automatic master loading under control of the on/off switch, automatic ejection of the master into a disposable paper box, automatic inking with selectable ink d i s t r i b u t i o n , receiving t r a y with control of copystacking a p p r o x . specifications: p r i n t i n g speed from approx. 50 up to 150 copies per minute maximum p a p e r size 260 x 390 mm 4- digits counter complete with: 20 pes disposable paper boxes for master ejection, approx. c a p a c i t y 35 masters for each box 20 tubes black stencil ink 2 s t a n d a r d service sets (stencil holder, inking roller, s p r i n g s etc. ) u s e r ' s manual service manual Note: Any similarity in above Item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 129 Equipment guide list Item List number 15: Date of issue Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies September 1984 Description 115.6.25A Quantity Illustration Stencil Ink in c a r t r i d g e s for stencil duplicators, approx. 400 cc per c a r t r i d g e , black 115.6.25B Stencil Ink in tubes for stencil d u p l i c a t o r s , approx 400 cc per t u b e , red Note: model (type) of stencil duplicator should be specified in the request to ensure proper attachment for ink c a r t r i d g e s 115.6.26 Stencils for Typing dry type for normal t y p i n g and script work, long r u n , for approx. 10.000 copies, approx. 50 stencils per box Note: model (type) of stencil duplicator should be specified in the request to ensure proper fastening attachment for stencils 115.6.26A Correcting Fluid for Typing Stencils for dry type stencils, bottle with brush, approx. 25 ml per bottle 115.6.26B è Pen for Stencils stylus for freehand work, writing and s i g n a t u r e s , on stencils 115.6.26C Stencil Pad made of plastic for use when drawing or writing by hand on stencils, approx. size 250 x 350 mm Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 130 Equipment guide list List number 15: Date of issue Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies September 1984 Quantity Description Item 115.6.27 Illustration Process Camera for dark-room use, easy to o p e r a t e , with automatic controlled exposure, film speed coder and compensator, correct size and automatic focusing using simple c a l i b r a t e d , percentage scale, copyboard illuminated by two halogène lamps, with two b u i l t - i n s t a n d a r d lenses 150 mm and 210 mm a p p r o x . specifications: max. original size 500x700 mm max. reproduction size 450x550 mm reproduction r a t i o : by 150 mm lens - 25 to 50% a n d 200 to 400& by 210 mm lens - 50 to 200% complete with: 10 halogène lamps u s e r ' s manual service manual 115.6.27A Developing Unit for Process Camera to convert negative proof copies, made in process camera, into positive paper proof copies, for use as o r i g i n a l s when making artwork for offset d u p l i c a t o r s , a p p r o x . dimensions 700x300x150 mm complete with: 100 sheets copyproof negative 100 sheets copyproof negative 100 sheets copyproof positive 100 sheets copyproof positive 5 l i t r e copyproof liquid for developing unit cable and plug u s e r ' s manual service manual A4 A3 A4 A3 Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 131 Equipment guide list List number 15: Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies Item Description Quantity | Date of issue September 1984 Illustration I115.6.27B Developing Unit for Metal Plates for use with process camera, to convert negative film to metal masters, for direct use on the offset duplicator, when the master is developed, fixing is made by hand complete with: 50 negative paper sheets for use on process camera 50 metal p l a t e s , size A4, each plate for approx. 20.000 copies 2,5 litre developer 0,5 litre fixer to stop action of developer 0,5 litre preserver for protecting the metal plates d u r i n g storage u s e r ' s manual service manual Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 132 Equipment guide list List number 15: Date of issue Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies September 1984 Description Item 115.6.28 Quantity Illustration Plate Maker heavy duty plate maker, combined exposure and developing u n i t , with electrostatic process whereby dry powder is fused by heat to the p l a t e ; possibility to correct the plate before it is fused with a magnetic stylus and plate cleaner; powder fixed and etched on the plate by fuser, process time^ to obtain plate ready for use in an offset duplicator approx. 40 seconds a p p r o x . specifications: maximum reproduction size 260 x 340 mm reproduction r a t i o 1:1 dimensions 2100 x 500 x 400 mm complete with: two s t a n d a r d service sets (spare p a r t s ) approx. 1.000 long run paper plates A4, each plate for approx. 10.000 copies, toner and developer for approx. 1.000 p l a t e s , magnetic stylus and plate cleaner for corrections before fusing, sufficient p l a t e etch for the fuser, for approx. 1.000 p l a t e s , connecting cable and p l u g , u s e r ' s manual service manual Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 133 Equipment guide list List number 15: Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies Description Item 115.6.29 Quantity Date of issue September 1984 Illustration Paper Plates Long Run strong and robust master for long r u n , producing up to approx. 10.000 copies, size A4 approx. 200 pes per pack 115.6.30 Paper Plates Medium Run strong and robust master for medium run, producing up to approx. 2000 copies,. size A4 approx. 200 pes per pack 115.6.31 Paper Plates Short Run good quality for small editions up to approx. 100 copies, size A4 approx. 200 pes per pack Note: State type of offset duplicator when ordering paper plates to ensure correct type of plates 115.6.32 Plate Toner for use in the plate maker to form the image on the p l a t e , approx. 300 grams per bottle 115.6.33 Plate Developer for use as a c a r r i e r for the toner in the plate maker, approx. 1 kg per bottle 115.6.34 Plate Etch for priming paper plates manually, in applicator or with plate maker unit, approx. 5 litre per container Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 134 Equipment guide list List number 15: Date of issue Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies September 1984 Quantity Description Item 115.6.35 Offset Illustration Duplicator offset duplicator for office use for high volumes of documents, forms or l e t t e r h e a d s , with automatic- or manual control using main control knob, for damping, i n k i n g , pre-impression, p a p e r feed, p l a t e eject and blanket w a s h i n g , electronic counter with four d i g i t s , p a p e r feed to switch off a u t o matically after required copies p r i n t e d , unit with eight r o l l e r s for damping, and inking a p p r o x . specifications: for maximum paper size 395x297 mm to 180 grams per square metre maximum image a r e a 335 x 250 mm feedboard/collecting t r a y c a p a c i t y 1000 sheets gripper margin 10 mm v a r i a b l e speed range for 60 to 120 copies per minute plate size 254 mm punched or unpunched a p p r o x . dimensions: open length 1.000 closed length 700 width 600 height 850 mm mm mm mm complete with : 25 c a r t r i d g e s of black ink a p p r o x . 500 cc per c a r t r i d g e 2 spare r u b b e r blankets 5 l i t r e s of cleaning liquid set of setting-tools two s t a n d a r d service sets (spare p a r t s ) u s e r ' s manual service manual Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 135 •N ^. © Item Equipment guide list Date of issue September 1984 List number 15: Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies Description Quantity lilustration 115.6.36 Offset Duplicator - Heavy Duty heavy duty offset duplicator, with single control lever that operates the damping and inking system, automatic damping device for p l a t e s , detector to ensure that only one sheet is fed, accurate secondary feed for overp r i n t and colour p r i n t s , quick set side and swinging headlay control adjust paper a n g e l , counter up to 99999 copies t h a t can be set to cut of paper feed automatically, with 11 rollers for inking and L, rollers for damping with self lubricating pump, H^V^ a\\—gyW f^^ p\\— \ \ s*A W~itj &~~~~^1 <A / / *~ l l i l l \^—r—4FÌ T u r 11 ^5=1 \- approx. specifications: for maximum paper size 395x295 mm for paper weight from 45 grams up to 290 grams per square metre maximum image area 335 x 245 mm feedboard capacity 5000 sheets collecting t r a y capacity 1000 sheets gripper margin 6 to 8 mm v a r i a b l e speed range from 50 up to 150 copies per minute plate size 254 mm approx. dimensions: length 1.500 mm width 650 mm height 1.300 mm complete with: ink and blanket roller cleaning unit 5 litre cleaning liquid fountain solution for use in damping 1 spare rubber blanket 2 extra damping roller covers each for the small and the l a r g e roller set of setting-tools two s t a n d a r d service sets (spare p a r t s ) u s e r ' s manual service manual Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 136 Equipment guide list List number 15: Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies Item Description 115.6.37 Quantity Date of issue September 1984 Illustration Fountain Solution used in the damping system of the duplicators to ensure c l a r i t y of imape r i o h t through the run when u s i n g metal p l a t e s , a p p r o x . 5 l i t r e s per container Offset Ink II5.6.38 II5.6.39 115.6.40 II5.6.4I for quick d r y i n g , a p p r o x . 0,5 l i t r e s per tin Black Green Blue Red Note: model (type) of offset duplicator should be specified in the request to ensure proper type of offset ink II5.6.42 Thinning Varnish used to thin down ink in cold temperatures, a p p r o x . 2,5 l i t r e s per bottle 115.6.43 Thickening Varnish used to thicken ink in hot climates, a p p r o x . 2,5 l i t r e s per bottle 115.6.44 Blanket and Roller Wash quick drying cleaner for r u b b e r blankets and rollers of the offset duplicator, a p p r o x . 5 l i t r e s per bottle 115.6.45 Blanket Restorer for reconditioning and restoring worn b l a n k e t s , a p p r o x . 0,5 l i t r e s per tin 115.6.46 ft Hand Cleaner for cleaning ink and oil from h a n d s , a p p r o x . 5 litres per tin Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 137 Equipment guide list List number 15: Date of issue Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies September 1984 Section 7 - Paper and Paper Handling Machines Different kinds of paper are listed under t h i s section. For the purpose of specifying dimensions of p a p e r , envelopes, files, e t c . , and the capacity of p a p e r handling and p a p e r processing equipment, the following paper sizes have been used in this guide. A2 Al AO = Al = A2 = A3 = A4 = A5 = A6 = A7 = 841x1189 mm 594 x 841mm 420 x 594 mm 297 x 420 mm 210 x 297 mm 148 x 210 mm 105x 148 mm 74 x 105 mm A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 1000 sheets of A4 p a p e r , 80 grams per s q u a r e metre, have a weight of approx. 5 k g . One cubic metre of 80 g r / s q . m . paper holds approx. 140.000 sheets Page 138 Equipment guide list List number 15: Date of issue Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies September 1984 Item Description 115.7.1 Typewriting Paper - 45 grams Quantity Illustration white, manifold paper for airmail or typewritten copies, matt, 1000 sheets per pack, 45 grams per square metre, size A4 115.7.2 Typewriting Paper - 70 grams white, matt, 1000 sheets per pack , 70 grams per square metre, size A4 115.7.3 Typewriting Paper - 80 grams white, matt, 1000 sheets per pack, 80 grams per square metre, size A3 115.7.A Duplicating Paper white, matt, woodfree, uncoated and surface p a p e r , 1000 sheets per pack, 80 grams per square metre, size A4 Coloured Duplicating Paper coloured, woodfree paper for duplicating and offset, 1000 sheets per pack, 75 grams per square metre, size A4 115.7.5 115.7.6 115.7.7 115.7.8 Pink Light Yellow Light Green Light Blue Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 139 Equipment guide list List number 15: Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies Item Description Quantity Date of issue September 1984 Illustration Photocopying Paper white, matt, woodfree, uncoated and surface p a p e r , s u i t a b l e for photocopying and offset, 1000 sheets per pack, 80 grams per square metre 115.7.9 Size A4 115.7.10 Size A3 Offset Printing Paper white, matt, woodfree p a p e r , 1000 sheets per pack, size A4 Grams per square metre: 115.7.11 115.7.12 115.7.13 115.7.U 70 g 85 g 100 g 120 g 115.7.15 Allround Paper white paper suitable for spiritduplicating, photocopying and offset, 1000 sheets per pack 80 grams per square metre, size A4 Coloured Paper matt, woodfree, suitable for typewriting, photocopying and offset, 1000 sheets per pack, 80 grams per square metre, size A4 115.7.16 115.7.17 115.7.18 115.7.19 Pink Light Yellow Light Green Light Blue Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 140 Equipment guide list List number 15: Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies Description Item U5.7.20 Quantity Date of issue September 1984 Illustration Paper Cutter - Small manually operated, with p a p e r s c a l e s , metric measuring edge, p a p e r clamping device, a p p r o x . cutting capacity L, mm a p p r o x . cutting length 360 mm II5.7.2I Paper Cutter with Stand heavy duty manually operated paper cutter with guide lines for i n t e r n a t i o n a l paper sizes and automatic p a p e r clamping device and safety device, s e l f - s h a r p e n i n g of knife, complete with floor stand, a p p r o x . cutting capacity 40 mm, a p p r o x . cutting length 360 mm II5.7.22 Paper Trimmer for exact trimming of single sheets of p a p e r , c a r d b o a r d and foil, with sliding knife, metric measuring edge, guide lines for i n t e r n a t i o n a l paper sizes and automatic p a p e r clamping device, a p p r o x . cutting length 960 mm Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 141 Equipment guide list Item List number 15: Date of issue Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies September 1984 Quantity Description Note: Small hole puncher on page 53. 115.7.23 Hole Punch - Adjustable with 4 adjustable hole punches in metal frame and paper guide, approx. capacity 5 mm 115.7.24 Automatic Hole Punch suitable to drill holes through up to 25 mm of p a p e r , electrically operated, supplied with two 6 mm d r i l l s and operating instructions approx. working surface 470x250 mm 115.7.25 Stapler Pliers steel constructed s t a p l e r pliers for 6 mm staples", holding c a p a c i t y up to 200 s t a p l e s , complete with 20.000 s t a p l e s , 6 mm 115.7.25A Staples 6 mm approx. 5.000/box Note: dimensioni s ) and type(s) of staples and model of s t a p l e r should be specified in the request II5.7.26 Stapling Gun steel constructed s t a p l i n g gun for 4 to 14 mm s t a p l e s , holding capacity up to 150 s t a p l e s , complete with 10.000 staples each of 4, 8 and 14 mm staples 115.7.26A Staples 4 mm approx. I 1 5.000/box 115.7.26B Staples 8 mm approx. 5.000/box 115.7.26C Staples 14 mm approx. 5.000/box Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 142 Equipment guide list List number 15: Date of issue Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies September 1984 Quantity Item Description 115.7.27 Giant Stapler Illustration manually operated s t a p l e r for 10 to 14 mm s t a p l e s , c a p a b l e of s t a p l i n g up to 10 mm of paper, complete with 10.000 staples each of 10 and 14 mm staples 115-7.27A Staples 10 mm approx. 5.000/box Note: dimension(s) and type(s) of s t a p l e s and model of s t a p l e r should be specified in the request 115.7.28 Automatic Electric Stapler - 3 mm table model, c a p a b l e of stapling up to 3 mm of p a p e r , for 6 and 8 mm staples, complete with 20.000 staples each of 6 and 8 mm staples 115.7.29 Automatic Electric Stapler - 16 mm staples up to 16 mm of p a p e r , automatic adjustment to the paper thickness, 3 operations possible: h a n d , foot. or automatic r e l e a s i n g , complete with 20.000 s t a p l e s each of 12 and 16 mm staples 115.7.29A Staples 12 mm approx. 115.7.29B 5.000/box Staples 16 mm approx. '5.000/box Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 143 Equipment guide list Item List number 15: Date of issue Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies September 1984 Quantity Description Illustration 115.7.30 Stapler heavy duty manually operated s t a p l e r , staples up to 17 mm, s u i t a b l e for p a p e r , c a r d b o a r d , l e a t h e r , textiles and p l a s t i c , complete with 10.000 staples each of 10, 15 and 20 mm staples working table size a p p r o x . 300x200 mm 115.7.30A Staples 15 mm approx. 5.000/box 115.7.30B Staples 20 mm approx. 5.000/box Note: dimension(s) and type(s) of staples and model of s t a p l e r should be specified in the request 115.7.31 Electric Single Head Stitcher b2 heavy duty electrically operated high speed stitcher for professional use, flat or saddle stitching for up to approx. 15 mm of p a p e r complete with : footswitch 50.000 staples each of 6, 10, 15 and 18 mm staples 115.7.31A Staples 18 mm approx. 5.000/box Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 144 Equipment guide list List number 15: Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies Item Description 115.7.32 Binding Quantity September 1984 Illustration Apparatus manually operated, booklets Plastic Date of issue for making Binders 300 mm l o n g , dimensions: i n following approx. pieces diameter capacity. 115.7.32A 115.7.32B 115.7.32C 115.7.32D 115.7.32E 115.7.32F 115.7.32G 115.7.32H 115.7.321 115.7.32] 1250 1000 750 500 300 300 250 150 100 100 4, 5 mm 6,0 mm 8,0 mm 9,5 mm 11,0 mm 12,5 mm U , 0 mm 15,5 mm 18,0 mm 20,0 mm 15 s h e e t s 16-25 s h e e t s 26-50 s h e e t s 51-70 s h e e t s 71-85 s h e e t s 86-95 s h e e t s 96-110 s h e e t s 111-130 s h e e t s 131-U0 s h e e t s 141-150 s h e e t s U5.7.32K Transparent Binding Covers for b i n d i n g a p p a r a t u s s i z e A4, p a c k of 200 p e s 115.7-32L Laminated Binding Covers for b i n d i n g a p p a r a t u s s i z e A4, p a c k of 100 p e s Note: t h e c o l o u r of p l a s t i c binders and laminated b i n d i n g c o v e r s s h o u l d be specified in the request Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 145 Equipment guide list List number 15: Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies Item Quantity Description 115.7.33 Electric Date of issue September 1984 Illustration Thermo-Binder with b u i l t - i n h e a t e r , 4 t i m i n g buttons and "ready" lamp / 4> Covers for t h e r m o - b i n d e r , s i z e A4, in following a p p r o x . d i m e n s i o n s : pieces width capacity 115. ,33A 115. ,33B 115.7.33C 115.7.33D 115.7.33E I I 5 . 7 . 33F I I 5 . 7 . 33G I I 5 . 7 . 33H 200 180 160 140 120 110 100 80 1 mm 3 mm 6 mm 9 mm 12 mm 15 mm 18 mm 21 mm 6 sheets 20 s h e e t s 40 s h e e t s 60 s h e e t s 80-90 s h e e t s 100-110 s h e e t s 120-130 s h e e t s 140-150 s h e e t s II5.7.34 E l e c t r i c Glue B i n d i n g Apparatus with b u i l t - i n t e m p e r a t u r e r e g u l a t o r and overheating protection, s u i t a b l e for b i n d i n g b o o k l e t s , p r i n t - o u t s , p a d s a n d compendium, b i n d i n g c a p a c i t y a p p r o x . 80 mm, b i n d i n g l e n g t h a p p r o x . 440 mm complete w i t h : 25 k g g l u e U5.7.34A Glue for Binding Apparatus in 5 kg weight Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 146 Equipment guide list List number 15: Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies Quantity Description Item 115.7.35 Date of issue September 1984 Illustration Laminating Machine for A4 sheets plastic laminating machine for up to A4 sized paper such as d r a w i n g s , i d e n t i t y - c a r d s , documents, maps and booklet covers, electrically operated Pla.stic Laminating Folders for laminating machine, pack of approx. 1000 pes 115.7.35A size A7 (75 x 105 mm) 115.7.35B size A4 (210 x 300 mm) 115.7.36 Laminatine Machine for Rolls *2 Z for professional use, adjustable temperature setting for va.rious types of plastic laminations such as d r a w i n g s , maps, documents etc. up to approx. 450 mm width, electrically operated 115.7.36A Roll of Clear Laminating Material Approx. 450 mm width and 150 m length Page Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. 147 -L Equipment guide list List number 15: Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies Item Description 115.7.37 Quantity Date of issue September 1984 Illustration Paper Folding Machine with v a r i a b l e speed selector, automatic g r a v i t y feed, paper t r a y guides, perforating and slitting attachment, capable of folding l a r g e v a r i e t y of paper ranging from approx. size 65 x 90 mm up to 300 x 550 mm, electrically operated 115.7.38 Collator - Small with 12 positions for A4 size p a p e r , approx. 200 sheets in each compartment, electrically operated 115.7.39 Jogger with v a r i a b l e speed selector, for the alignment of p a p e r edges for binding or other processing, for maximum A4 size paper electrically operated 115.7.40 Automatic Collator heavy duty, fully automatic collator with 15 stations for A4 size p a p e r , with stacking reception counter, missfeed detection on each bin with automatic stop, electrically operated approx. capacity 2000 sets per hour approx. length 2 m Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 148 Equipment guide list ( # ) List number 15: Date of issue Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies September 1984 Section 8 - Safety and other Ancillary Equipment and Supplies The items in this section are for the comfort and safety of project personnel in duty s t a t i o n s . Annex VI - Classification of fires Page 150 Equipment guide list List number 15: Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies Description Item 115.8.1 Quantity Date of issue September 1984 Illustration Briefcase - Small with imitation leather cover and h a n d l e s , supplied with zip-fastener, a p p r o x . size 400 x 300 x 40 mm 115.8.2 Briefcase - Large with imitation leather cover and with strong h a n d l e s , with two l a r g e compartments for files and one with zip-fastener, a p p r o x . 450 x 350 x 150 mm 115.8.3 Wall Clock with p l a s t i c c a s e , clear figures and dependable quartz movements, b a t t e r y operated, complete with two b a t t e r i e s , a p p r o x . diameter 300 mm 115.8.4 Stop Watch for maximum time keeping of 30 minutes with g r a d u a t i o n each 1/10 second and one turn measure 30 seconds, with s t a r t , stop and zero setting with the same button, with mechanical winding-up mechanism Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 151 Equipment guide list List number 15: Date of issue Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies September 1984 Description Item 115.8.5 Quantity Illustration Waste Paper Basket plain round plastic type, approx. volume 15 l i t r e s 115.8.6 Plastic Bags - 15 Litres for tidy handling of waste in waste paper basket, suitable for approx. 15 litre b a s k e t s , in rolls of approx. 50 bags 115.8.7 Waste Paper Bins made of plastic with c a r r y i n g handle approx. volume 40 l i t r e s 115.8.8 Plastic Bags - 40 Litres for tidy handling of waste in waste paper b i n s , suitable for approx. ¿0 litre b i n s , approx. 15 bags per pack 115.8.9 Plastic Sack Carriage with metal frame on L, wheels for approx. 125 l i t r e plastic sack for waste material, approx. height 1000 mm, complete with 50 pes 125 litre plastic refuse sacks Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 152 Equipment guide list List number 15: Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies Item Description 115.8.10 Quantity Date of issue September 1984 Illustration Package Cart made of t u b u l a r steel, foldable, approx. cargo space 500 x 400 mm, maximum load 100 kg 115.8.11 Ladder - 3-steps free-standing l a d d e r made of aluminium with knee rest and a n t i - s l i p steps, distance between steps approx. 200 mm, a p p r o x . height 700 mm weight L, kg 115-8.12 Ladder - 6-steps free-standing l a d d e r made of aluminium with knee rest and a n t i - s l i p steps, distance between steps approx. 200 mm, approx. height 1300 mm weight 7 kg Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 153 Equipment guide list Date of issue September 1984 List number 15: Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies Item Quantity Description 115.8.13 Illustration First Aid Kit suitable for the office or the c a r , containing essential items for FIRJTAID O first aid Note: the project should ensure that the v a l i d i t y of the f i r s t aid kit has been certified by a qualified doctor 115.8. M Stretcher with metal foldable frame, cover and s t r a p s , approx. length 1800 mm 115.8.15 canvas Safety Helmet strong, very impact-resisting helmet made of PVC with adjustable head strap 115.8.16 Safety Helmet with Eye Protection strong, very impact-resisting helmet made of PVC with eye protection device, adjustable head s t r a p 115.8.17 Protection Glasses with strong plastic frames clear plastic lens and side protection 115.8.18 Ear Protectors to protect the ears in situations where loud noise is produced, with g l a s s fibre reinforced p l a s t i c head clamp and foamed p l a s t i c filled ear cover 115.8.19 Ear Plugs to be twisted between the fingers and put into the auditory meatus where it expands and gives good protection from noise, approx. 50 per pack Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. HE'^1 "i - il Equipment guide list List number 15: Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies Item Description Quantity Date of issue September 1984 illustration Protection Gloves with Plastic Burls made of cotton with plastic b u r l s to provide good g r i p and with wristlet 115.8.20 115.8.21 size medium size l a r g e Note: for items 115.8.24 to II5.8.3I please specify size in the request Protection Gloves working gloves made of cotton 115.8.22 115.8.23 size medium size l a r g e 115.8.24 Protection Shoes made of strong leather with PVC nail protective soles , and steel toe caps Overall blue, made of nylon/cotton with several pockets and elastic ribbon in the waistline 115.8.25 115.8.26 115.8.27 size small size medium size l a r g e 115.8.28 Safety Belt strong nylon waist belt with a d j u s t a b l e l e n g t h , quick and easy to put on through bayonet fastener made of steel, with two D-rings for line attachment, complete with a p p r o x . 10 m nylon rope Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 155 Equipment guide list Item List number 15: Date of issue Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies September 1984 Description 115.8.29 Quantity Illustration Fire Extinguisher - Class A water filled to fight fires of class A, in materials such as p a p e r , cloth and wood, refillable, approx. volume 10 litres approx. weight 15 kg Note: see Annex VI for classification of fires Fire Extinguisher - Class A, B filled with multi purpose powder to fight fires of class A and B of materials such as (A) p a p e r , cloth and wood, (B) inflammable liquids such as petrol, oil, grease and fat 115.8.30 115.8.31 approx. volume 2 kg fire size 1 approx. volume 6 kg fire size 2 Fire Extinguisher - Class B, E filled with carbon dioxide (CO2 ) to fight fires of class B and E of materials such as (B) inflammable liquids such as petrol, oil, grease and fat, (E) electrical equipment and computers, refillable 115.8.33 approx. volume 2 kg fire size 1 approx. volume 6 kg fire size 2 115.8.34 Smoke Detector 115.8.32 small unit for ceiling attachment with sound indication for fire alarm at an early stage, supplied with test button, powered by a 9 Volt b a t t e r y approx. diameter 130 mm Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 156 Equipment guide list List number 15: Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies Quantity Description Item 115.8.35 Date of issue September 1984 Illustration Table Stove - One Plate with single r a p i d hot p l a t e , b u i l t - i n overheating protection, thermostat control a p p r o x . specifications: dimensions 300 x 300 x 100 mm diameter of plate 150 mm 1500 Watt 115.8.36 Table Stove - Two Plates with two r a p i d hotplates, with b u i l t - i n overheating protection, thermostat control a p p r o x . specifications: dimensions 550 x 350 x 100 mm diameter of plates 150 mm 1000/1200 Watt 115.8.37 Paraffin (Kerosene) Stove One Burner single burner stove with high c a p a c i t y in all weather conditions a p p r o x . specifications: fuel capacity 0,5 litre minimum 2 hours per refill dimensions 170 x 170 x 100 mm weight 1,5 kg 115.8.38 Paraffin (Kerosene) Stove Two Burners t w o - b u r n e r s , p r e s s u r e - o p e r a t e d stove made of s t a i n l e s s steel with s t a n d and b r a s s fuel tubing, approx. specifications: fuel c a p a c i t y 1,5 litre minimum 3 hours per refill dimensions 500 x 350 x 150 mm weight 6 kg Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. f> Ì S t% Page 157 Equipment guide list Item List number 15: Date of issue Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies September 1984 Description 115.8.39 Electric Water Kettle 115.8.40 2000 W to 3000 W with automatic switch, c a p a c i t y a p p r o x . 2 l i t r e s , complete with 2 spare heating elements connecting cable and plug Hand Operated Can Opener Quantity Illustration with mechanism to make it easy to open cans of different shapes 115.8.Al Plastic Tableware set of h a r d p l a s t i c tableware containing: 10 pes each of p l a s t i c flat p l a t e s , soup p l a t e s , cups and s a u c e r s , 3 pes of bowls in different sizes, 10 pes each of steel, spoons, forks and knives 115.8.42 Kerosene Lantern - Pressure Type made of nickel-coated steel approx. specifications: fuel capacity 1,5 l i t r e 9 burning hours per refill strength of light 300 Watt height 400 mm 115.8.42A Silk Mantle for kerosene l a n t e r n p r e s s u r e type in packs of a p p r o x . 10 pes 115.8.43 Kerosene Lantern Non-Pressure Type made of t i n - p l a t e with s i l v e r - g r e y finish, r u s t - r e s i s t a n t and l e a k proof approx. specifications: fuel capacity 0,5 l i t r e 15 burning hours per refill height -250 mm U5.8.43A Wicks for kerosene l a n t e r n , non-pressure type in packs of a p p r o x . 10 pes Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. IfiV Page 158 Equipment guide list Item List number 15: Date of issue Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies September 1984 Description 115.8.kU Quantity Illustration Sleeping - Bag comfortable a l l - r o u n d bag made of r e d / b l u e nylon, filled with soft h e a t - i n s u l a t i n g synthetic fibre, for temperatures down to - 0°C a p p r o x . weight 1,5 kg 115.8.45 Tent - Over-nighting small conventional tent for approx. four p e r s o n s , made of very strong w a t e r - r e p e l l e n t c a n v a s (100% cotton) with good ventilation under warm conditions, mosquito net covering the hole in the entrance w a l l , entrance with z i p fastener, floor of welded p l a s t i c , colour unbleached, a p p r o x . dimensions length 2500 mm width 2000 mm height 1900 mm weight 10 kg Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 159 Equipment guide list List number 15: Date of issue Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies September 1984 Description Item Quantity Illustration 115.8.46 Refrigerator - 60 l i t r e s free standing compact refrigerator with semi-automatic push button defrosting system, inner door with 2 retainers approx. specifications: volume 60 litres dimensions 575 x 480 x 470 mm 115.8.47 Refrigerator - 160 l i t r e s equipped with approx. 15 l i t r e frozen food compartment, special drawers for fruit and vegetables, semi-automatic defroster, approx. specifications: volume 160 litres for refrigerator dimensions 850 x 550 x 600 mm 115.8.48 Refrigerator with Freezer combination of an a p p r o x . 240 l i t r e refrigerator and 70 l i t r e freezer, with common refrigeration system but separate doors, with automatic defrosting system, approx. dimensions: 600x600x1750 mm 115.8.49 Refrigeration Box portable with three-way absorption system, mains, b a t t e r y 12 volts and LP-gas approx. specifications: volume 20 l i t r e s dimensions 400 x 400 x 400 mm 115.8.50 Cooling Box thermos type cooling box made of strong plastic or metal, approx. volume 25 l i t r e s Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 160 Equipment guide list List number 15: Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies Quantity Description Item 115.8.51 Vaccum Date of issue September 1984 Illustration Cleaner compact, a l l p u r p o s e model: s e l f - s e a l d i s p o s a b l e d u s t b a g to fit into re-usable cloth dustbag h i g h efficiency filter c o m b i - c r e v i c e a n d combined d u s t i n g a n d textile nozzles four w h e e l s approx. speci f i c a t i o n s : dustbag capacity length width height cable length loading weight II5.8.52 Desk 15 l i t r e s 425 mm 375 mm 275 mm 15 m 800 W 7 kg Fan s t r o n g c o n s t r u c t i o n , t a b l e model with three speeds and oscillator, a p p r o x . d i a m e t e r of b l a d e s 350 mm II5.8.53 Ceiling Fan strong construction with t h y r i s t o r control, a p p r o x . d i a m e t e r of b l a d e s 1500 mm, complete w i t h m o u n t i n g a c c e s s o r i e s and instructions 115.8.54 Air C o n d i t i o n e r - 2 . 5 kWh ( a p p r o x . 8500 BTU's) room t y p e for w a l l i n s t a l l a t i o n , for c o o l i n g , c l e a n i n g , d e h u m i d i f i c a t i o n a n d v e n t i l a t i o n of t h e a i r , with multi position thermostat and washable filter approx. specifications: s u i t a b l e for a r e a s of up to 20 m2 dehumidifications 1 litre/hour v e n t i l a t i o n 400 m 3 / h o u r Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 161 Equipment guide list Item List number 15: Date of issue Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies September 1984 Description 115.8.55 Quantity Illustration Air Conditioner - 3 - 2 kWh (approx. 11000 BTU's) room type for wall i n s t a l l a t i o n , for cooling, cleaning, dehumidification and ventilation of the a i r , with multi-position thermostat and washable filter approx. specifications: suitable for areas of up to 30 m2 dehumidification 1 l i t r e / h o u r ventilation 480 m 3 /hour 115.8.56 Fan Heater with 1000 and 2000 watt heating capacity, b u i l t - i n thermostat and high speed fan 115.8.57 Kerosene Heater thermal output of approx. 3KJ/S wide reflector with automatic lighting facility, safety tank with capacity for approx. 14 hours 115.8.57A Wicks for kerosene heater 115.8.58 Electric Torch operating from two R20 b a t t e r i e s complete with: two R20 batteries 5 spare bulbs Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 162 Equipment guide list List number 15: Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies Date of issue September 1984 T Description Item Quantity Illustration 115.8.59 Generator - 300 W petrol-driven for approx. 300 Watt AC output a n d . 100 Watt, 12 Volt DC output, a p p r o x . t a n k c a p a c i t y 2 l i t r e s , fuel consumption a p p r o x . 0,5 l i t r e per hour, complete with u s e r ' s manual and spare p a r t s for approx. 2 y e a r s of operation. 115.8.60 Generator - 1500 W petrol-driven for approx. 1500 Watt AC output and 100 Watt, 12 Volt DC output, a p p r o x . tank c a p a c i t y 10 l i t r e s , fuel consumption a p p r o x . 1,5 l i t r e per hour, complete with u s e r ' s manual a n d spare p a r t s for approx. 2 y e a r s of operation. 115.8.61 Voltage Stabiliser - 1000 W for sensitive electrical and electronic equipment input v a r i a t i o n s + / - 15%, output fluctuations less t h a n + / - 0,5%. 115.8.62 Voltage Stabiliser - 2000 W for sensitive e l e c t r i c a l and electronic equipment, input v a r i a t i o n s + / - 15%, output fluctuations less t h a n + / - 0,5%. Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Page 163 Equipment guide list Item List number 15: Date of issue Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies September 1984 Description 115.8.63 Quantity Illustration Standard Battery type R6 (1EC) 1,5 V Note: (IEC) I n t e r n a t i o n a l Electrotechnical Commission Standard 115-8.64 m Alkaline Battery Type R6 (IEC) 1,5 V, non r e c h a r g e a b l e 115.8.65 Rechargeable Battery R6 (IEC) 1,5 V 115.8.66 Universal Charger for Batteries to accomodate a l k a l i n e rechargeable batteries type R6, R14 and R20 115.8.67 Standard Battery R14 (IEC) 1,5 V 115.8.68 Alkaline Battery R14 (IEC) 1,5 V, non rechargeable 115.8.69 Rechargeable Battery R14 (IEC) 1,5 V 115.8.70 u Standard Battery R20 (IEC) 1,5 V 115.8.71 Alkaline Battery R20 (IEC) 1,5 V, non rechargeable 115.8.72 Rechargeable Battery R20 (IEC) 1,5 V 115.8.73 Standard Battery 6F-22 (IEC) 9 V 115.8.74 Alkaline Battery 6F-22 (IEC) 9 V, non rechargeable Note: Any similarity in above item descriptions and illustrations with specific makes or models is purely coincidental. Mx Page 164 Equipment guide list List number 15: Date of Issue Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies September 1984 ANNEX I HOW TO ARRANGE AUDIOVISUAL EQUIPMENT Here a r e some h i n t s how to p l a c e t h e p r o j e c t o r in r e l a t i o n the spectators. * The width of the screen should be 1/5 of the distance between the screen and the spectator furthest back to Example: * No spectator should be placed n e a r e r the screen t h a n twice the width of the screen * A seated person is about 130 cm h i g h , and accordingly the lower edge of the screen should not be below the s p e c t a t o r ' s heads The projectors and recommendations in a projection screen room are such t h a t Overhead Projector lenses shown below are chosen as per the c h a p t e r 1. In this example we have suggested 150 cm x 150 cm. The dimensions of the c l a s s 25-30 students can be seated. Slide Projector 8 mm Motion Picture Projector 16 mm Motion Picture Projector Opaque Projector I'M Wide angle 70-120 mm Zoom l e n s 50 mm l e n s 260 mm l e n s Page 165 Equipment guide list List number 15: Date of issue Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies September 1984 ANNEX I I HOW TO PREPARE TRANSPARENCIES There a r e two main methods to p r e p a r e t r a n s p a r e n c i e s for o v e r h e a d projectors. (1) M a n u a l production - With m a r k i n g p e n s i n d i f f e r e n t c o l o u r s you c a n w r i t e o n , d r a w or colour p a r t s of t h e t r a n s p a r e n c y . - Rub-on l e t t e r s i s a n o t h e r method to p u t t e x t s on t r a n s p a r e n c i e s . - T r a n s p a r e n c y s h e e t s w i t h 5 mm g r i d a r e i n t e n d e d for p r e p a r a t i o n of d i a g r a m s . the - O v e r l a y s c a n be made w i t h m o u n t i n g frames for a d d i n g more i n f o r m a t i o n to e a c h s h e e t . (2) Use of t r a n s p a r e n c y maker A. Make a copy of y o u r o r i g i n a l . P l a c e one s h e e t of film over the copy. To t h i n k of when p r e p a r i n g Adjust t h e e x p o s u r e k n o b of t h e t r a n s p a r e n c y maker to t h e p r o p e r l e v e l a n d i n s e r t b o t h film a n d copy t o g e t h e r . C. After a few s e c o n d s you h a v e a n i m a g e d s h e e t of film r e a d y for f r a m i n g . transparencies (1) Make it v i s i b l e Write, p r i n t or t y p e l a r g e a n d legible (2) Make it c l e a r E v e r y t h i n g on a v i s u a l s h o u l d be r e c o g n i s a b l e . example c h a r t s a n d d i a g r a m s s t e p b y s t e p . ( 3 ) Keep it Show for simple Try to limit e a c h o r i g i n a l to one i d e a or c o m p a r i s o n . Break p a r a g r a p h s i n t o s e n t e n c e s a n d s e n t e n c e s i n t o p h r a s e s a n d •••-' key words. Page 166 Equipment guide list List number 15: Date of issue Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies September 1984 ANNEX I I I PAPER - ENVELOPES Below a r e e x a m p l e s of how to fold a n A4 size p a p e r (210 x 297 mm) i n four d i f f e r e n t w a y s to fit d i f f e r e n t s i z e s of e n v e l o p e s . The e n v e l o p e s i z e s in t h i s e x a m p l e a r e t h e most commonly u s e d . C6 e n v e l o p e 114x162 mm E65 e n v e l o p e 110x220 mm C5 e n v e l o p e 162x229 mm C4 e n v e l o p e 229x324 mm Page 167 Equipment guide list «X List number 15: Date of issue Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies September 1984 ANNEX IV HOW TO USE INK DRAWING PENS AND LETTERING TEMPLATES Each i n k d r a w i n g p e n h a s a s p e c i a l c o l o u r i n d i c a t i o n for t h e l i n e w i d t h i n m i l l i m e t e r . The l e t t e r i n g t e m p l a t e s h a v e t h e same i n d i c a t i o n t o show w h i c h p e n w i l l f i t . L e t t e r i n g t e m p l a t e s a r e a v a i l a b l e w i t h s t r a i g h t or s l a n t e d character. f f ff f f f Line w i d t h 0,18 0,25 0,35 0,5 0,7 1,0 1,4 2,0 mm Colour cation red white yellow brown blue orange green grey indi- S u i t a b l e for lettering templates Letter height 18 2,5 3,5 aabcdefgl aabcdefgl aabcdi aabc d a b 3 Q aabcdefgi dûbcdé dabc aabcdefgi 5,0 To t h i n k of when u s i n g i n k d r a w i n g 7,0 10,0 14,0 20,0 ac 3 aab dû di O pens - Make s u r e t h a t r u l e r s a n d t e m p l a t e s h a v e i n k b o s s e s o r edges to a v o i d i n k g e t t i n g u n d e r n e a t h t h e t e m p l a t e . - Clean t h e i n k d r a w i n g p e n s a f t e r u s e . Page 168 Equipment guide list Date of issue List number 15: Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies September 1984 ANNEX V DIFFERENT METHODS OF REPRODUCTION Each r e p r o d u c t i o n method h a s i t s own a d v a n t a g e s . f i n d some s u g g e s t i o n s . (1) S p i r i t Here you w i l l Duplicator The c h e a p e s t method, 250 c o p i e s p e r d a y . s u i t a b l e for a maximum d e m a n d of Supplies: spirit carbon stencils, duplicating liquid, (2) M a n u a l S t e n c i l duplicating paper. Duplicator S u i t a b l e for a maximum d e m a n d of 500 c o p i e s p e r S u p p l i e s : s t e n c i l s for t y p i n g , correcting fluid. duplicating ink, I m p o r t a n t : When o r d e r i n g s t e n c i l s , day. duplicating s t a t e make a n d model of (3) E l e c t r o n i c S t e n c i l C u t t e r - E l e c t r i c S t e n c i l D u p l i c a t o r paper, duplicator. Set T h i s e q u i p m e n t i s recommended when o r i g i n a l s w i t h or w i t h o u t t e x t c o n t a i n i l l u s t r a t i o n s , p h o t o g r a p h s a n d / o r g r a p h i c s . An e l e c t r i c s t e n c i l d u p l i c a t o r w i l l be n e c e s s a r y if t h e d e m a n d p e r d a y e x c e e d s 500 c o p i e s . Supplies: Electro-stencils (long r u n , short r u n ) , styli, carbon filters, duplicating ink, duplicating paper, correcting fluid. Page 169 Equipment guide list List number 15: Date of issue Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies September 1984 (4) Photocopying Five different photocopiers are listed in this g u i d e . For projects where single copies are only sometimes needed and the average annual demand is below 5.000 copies, item 115.6.1 should be requested. Item 115.6.2 is for an average annual demand of between 5-000 ,and 40.000 copies. Where the preparation of written material is a r e g u l a r activity, item II5.6.3 is recommended. It can cover a n n u a l demands up to 80.000 copies. For higher demands up to 250.000 copies per y e a r , item 115.6.4 with a 15 bins sorter is recommended. If the a n n u a l demand exceeds 250.000 copies, the best choice is a high speed copier (115.6.5) with two sorters each with 20 b i n s . Supplies: toner and developer; photocopying p a p e r . Important: As a r u l e , toner and developer are not interchangeable. Therefore the model of the copier should be stated when ordering supplies. (5) Offset Duplicating This method is recommended it the r e g u l a r a v e r a g e demand is above 3.000 copies per hour. Offset duplicators should be operated by experienced operators. Offset duplicators should only be ordered if their regular utilisation is ensured. Supplies: p l a t e s , toner and developer, plate etch, offset ink, offset p a p e r . (6) Printing Printing machines are normally not used in vocational/education projects because of their high c a p a c i t y . 170 í#) Equipment guide list List number 15: Date of issue Audiovisual, draughting, office, reproduction and other ancillary equipment and supplies September 1984 ANNEX VI CLASSIFICATION OF FIRES T h e r e a r e s e v e r a l t y p e s of f i r e e x t i n g u i s h e r a v a i l a b l e . A c l a s s i f i c a t i o n of f i r e s h a s b e e n made a s shown below. Class A F i r e s i n t h i s c l a s s a r e fed b y o r d i n a r y combustible materials s u c h a s wood, c l o t h a n d p a p e r . Cooling t h e b u r n i n g m a t e r i a l w i t h w a t e r i s t h e most e f f e c t i v e w a y of e x t i n g u i s h i n g t h i s t y p e of f i r e . Class B F i r e s i n t h i s c l a s s a r e fed b y flammable l i q u i d s such as petrol, oils, greases and fats. The most effective w a y of f i g h t i n g t h i s t y p e of fire i s to e l i m i n a t e o x y g e n w i t h c a r b o n d i o x i d e (C0 2 ) i n p o w d e r or foam. Water must n e v e r be u s e d on t h i s t y p e of f i r e . Class E F i r e s in t h i s c l a s s i n v o l v e live electrical equipment. The e x t i n g u i s h i n g a g e n t u s e d must be a n o n - c o n d u c t o r of e l e c t r i c i t y , C0 2 for e x a m p l e . Water must not be used. F i r e e x t i n g u i s h e r s of c l a s s B a n d E a r e a l s o c l a s s i f i e d a c c o r d i n g to t h e size of t h e f i r e s t h e y a r e a b l e to e x t i n g u i s h . Size I : The e x t i n g u i s h e r f i g h t s a f i r e of u p to 30 l i t r e s of p e t r o l on a s p a c e of 0 , 6 m2 . P r e - c o m b u s t i o n time 60 s e c o n d s . Size I I : The e x t i n g u i s h e r f i g h t s a f i r e of u p to 80 l i t r e s of p e t r o l on a s p a c e of 1,6 m2 . P r e - c o m b u s t i o n time 60 s e c o n d s . Page 171 ENGLISH INDEX (By Alphabetical Order) Acetate Reel Address Labels for Photocopier, 70x36 mm Address Labels for Photocopier, 105x36 mm Adjustable Triangle Air Conditioner - 2.5 kWh Air Conditioner - 3-2 kWh Alkaline Battery RU (IEC) Alkaline Battery R20 (IEC) Alkaline Battery Type R6 (IEC) Alkaline Battery 6F-22 (IEC) All Purpose Glue Allround Paper Ammonia Copying Center Ammonia Copying Machine Ammonia Copying Paper, 30 m, black Ammonia Copying Paper, 30 m, blue Ammonia Copying Paper, 50 m, black Ammonia Copying Paper, 30 m, blue Anamorphic Lens Archive Box Auto Bellows Unit Automatic Collator Automatic Electric Stapler - 16 mm Automatic Electric Stapler - 3 mm Automatic Hole Punch Automatic Still Camera Ball Point Pen, blue Ball Point Pen, black Ball Point Pen, red Basic Darkroom Kit Batik Dyeing Kit Battery Pack Beam Compass Binding Apparatus Black Slides Black/White Film, 125 ASA Black/White Film, 400 ASA Black/White Negative Film Deve oping Set Blanket and Roller Wash Blanket Restorer Book-End Bookcase Briefcase - Large Briefcase - Small Bulb for Microfiche Reader Bulb for Microfiche Reader-Printer Bulbs for Microfiche Duplicator Carbon Filter for Stencil Cutter Carbon Paper - Hand Writing Carbon Paper - Typing Card Alphabetical Index, A5 Card Alphabetical Index, A6 -172- 115.1.14 115.6.6 115.6.7 115.4.20 115.8.54 115.8.55 115.8.68 115.8.71 115.8.64 115.8.74 115.2.110 115.7.15 115.6.14 115.6.13 115.6.15 115.6.16 115.6.17 115.6.18 115.1.41A 115.2.145 115.1.71 115.7.40 115.7-29 115-7.28 115.7.24 115.1.59 115.2.7 115.2.8 115.2.9 115.1.82 115.2.50 115.1.50A 115.4.3 115.7.32 115.1.34 115.1.77 115.1.78 115.1.83 115.6.44 115.6.45 115.2.79 115.5.37 115.8.2 115.8.1 115.3-50A 115.3-51A 115.3-52A 115.6.24D 115-3.34 115.3.33 115.2.148 115.2.149 115.2.146 Card Index Box, A5 Card Index Box, A6 115.2.147 Card Numbered Index, A5 115.2.150 Card Numbered Index, A6 .115.2.151 Cardboard File 115.2.64 Cards - Lined, A5 115.2.152 Cards - Lined, A6 115.2.153 Carousel Slide Projector 115.1.29 Carousel Slide Tray 115-1.29A Cartons, 350x250x250 mm 115.2.133 Cartons, 480x330x240 mm 115.2.134 Case Sealing Tape 115.2.105 Cash Box 115.5.28 Cassette Copier 115.1.94 Cassettes, 60 Minutes 115.1.91 Cassettes, 90 Minutes 115.1.92 Cassettes, 120 Minutes 115.1.93 Ceiling Fan 115.8.53 Chair - Stackable 115.5.43 Chair for Conference Rooms 115.5.45 Chair with Writing Table 115.5.44 Chalk - Coloured 115.5.6 Chalk - White 115.5.5 Chalk Board 115.5.1 Chalk Board on Stand 115.5.3 Chalk Board with Metallic Surface 115.5.2 Chalkboard Cleaner 115.5.7 Cleaning Brush with Bellows 115.1.35 Cleaning Liquid 115.4.81 Cleaning Pad 115.5.14 Clear Adhesive Tape 115.2.100 Clips 115.2.96 Close Up Lens 115.1.72 Clothes Locker 115.5.26 Collator - Small 115-7.38 Colour - Daylight Film, 100 ASA 115.1.79 Colour - Daylight Film, 400 ASA 115.1.80 Colour - Daylight Film, 64-125 ASA 115.1.81 Colour Negative Film Developing Set 115.1.84 Colour Reversal Film Developing Set 115.1.85 Colour Reversal Film Magnetic Track, Daylight 115.1.75 Colour Reversal Film Magnetic Track, Artificial Light 115.1.76 Colour Video Cassette, 60 Minutes 115.1.53 Colour Video Cassette, 120 Minutes 115.1.54 Colour Video Cassette, 180 Minutes 115.1.55 Coloured Duplicating P a p e r , Light Blue 115.7.8 Coloured Duplicating P a p e r , Light Green 115.7.7 Coloured Duplicating P a p e r , Light Yellow 115.7.6 Coloured Duplicating P a p e r , Pink 115.7.5 Coloured Label Set 115.2.52 Coloured Paper, Pink 115.7.16 Coloured Paper, Light Blue 115.7.19 -173- 1 p p tn •—' •—* o> 4>* o o x *- ?r ?r g ¡*" p 0) O O P P o 2 tn 0> ooo f-s f i T3 O T3 o i-i i-i ^< <<; fD n> x3 ri' O O O O o o o o tn f-i 3 o c r-t- 3 3 In o n i f- p !— 1—' ÜL tn tn ¡Ï. 3 era 0 era 1 en (SÍ I-i H cp a> si Hn ^ f-i m 0) O O O r+ fi I-i fi HiH) H - l->- H - (/) H ) f- n> fD O 0. 3 n o n o 3 era n o n r-t- t-+ r-t- r + o CLCIQ f-i. ,_»• t_i. i-Jo OS 3 3 T J cd 3 o 3 era era era P 1-3 en T3 T I T} f r j i-rj •ti X p 3" p f—' 1—1 1—1 1—' fD C C C C i-i n o oo o oon n oC nf-i oÜ n o o o o oo n o o f-io o cf-i f d P < < < < < < < f-i f-i f-í n n s n (t m 0) < ry^ fu f t f t l H H P v l N | H v l U U U ^ U 3 C ^ f j m M U P U U U U U U W U U W M S ) N N N v l l J i e n o o M v j N j . N W w w v j œ o i T i C o - j N W e n w c ^ o M C o œ e o w e o w e o e o e o e o i - ' o v û a i ^ crito O H M M > M > > ^ C O S3 S3 OOD3"XOT|fT|> prl > DO P H M O M f > T o enenijienenenenenenenenenenenenui(jienenenenenenenenen(jienenenenenenenenenenenenen ET en e n <7\ en _ T¡. i-¡ fD r j P " O m £• O O ™ ai P ^ • i . tn ^ °3 Rn i-t> ?! tn o <-¡" *-n P P 3 i-*> eT O'QQ ° ^ 5^ tn P- o 2 , H- H- t - 1 £ . r-t- r + Q f-i o oo o o o T3 f-i f-i f-i f-i f-i f-i "> 3 0> n o f-i TJ r 1 r 1 r 1 IT) g en P 3 rt <-i era p p p p i i i i i i i f-i tn 1 pa "* S" 3 r+ P a 3 3 3 T) a O l W M M H i-1 VO 3 c 1 p AT3 TJ ^d p 0) N X) 1 ! f-i P tn 3 3 i ' ' O ,_i U) Oi 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 g S 3 f- 1 tnd çn c d «n 3 3 3 3 O n c 3 3 M-13 p o 3 O p era oí 3 •"S I - " O en P o> (n •-s ~ 3 -3 H era <-< en en i 3 1 T3 ^ £ • n> <D ÎL T3 i—> i — • o o o i—• m n> m i era P ñ. < O O ID m m (i> a> o> o> o> O) O) O) 0 ) 0> < < < « tn tn tn tn ui oí tn tn ui K^eoOi^aiC3>WWiNOMNIN)UWUlCOHMMJN4sLnMvJ-vj-vlvJ-Nj<JvOvJW en'en f-s P i—i TI o o o tn n Oí P P> M- Hr+ r+ era era t-'- H- o oo o Drafting Machine - Educational Drafting Machine - Heavy Duty Drawing Board, A4 Drawing Board, A3 Drawing Board - Table Model, A2 Drawing Board - Table Model, Al Drawing Cabinet Drawing Film, A4 Drawing Film, A3' Drawing Film, Rolls Drawing Holder Drawing I n k Drawing Instrument Set - Mediuiri Drawing Instrument Set - Small Drawing Mechanism Drawing Paper, A4 Drawing Paper, A3 Drawing Paper, Rolls Drawing P i n Drawing Weight Duplicating Liquid for Spirit Duplicator Duplicating Paper Dusting Brush Ear Plugs Ear Protectors Easel for Painters Edge Binding Apparatus Edge Binding Tape Educational Audio Cassette (S) Educational Filmstrip(s ) Educational OHP Transparency Set(s) Educational Record(s) Educational Slide Set(s) Educational Video Cassettes Electric Glue Binding Apparatus Electric Single Head Stitcher Electric Thermo - Binde r Electric Torch Electric Water Kettle Electro-Stencils-Long Run Èlectro-Stencils-Short-Run Electron Lc Stencil Cutter Electronic Typewriter - 360 mm, English Electronic Typewriter - 360 mm, French Electron ic Typewriter - 360 mm, Special Electronic Typewriter - 420 mm, English Electronic Typewriter - 420 mm, French Electronic Typewriter - 420 mm, Special Embossing Sign Machine Embossing Tape, 6 mm, blue Embossing Tape, 6 mm, b l a c k Embossing Tape, 6 mm, r e d -175- 115.4-71 115.4.72 115-4.64 115.4.65 115.4.69 115.4.70 115.4.77 115.4.54 115.4.55 115-4.56 115-4.73 115.4.80 115.4.5 115.4.4 115.4.68 II5.4.39 II5.4.40 115.4.41 115.2.98 II5.4.6I II5.6.22 II5.7.4 115.4.62 II5.8.I9 115.8.18 115.2.46 II5.2.IO8 115.2.109 115.1.105 115.1.113 115.1.107 115.1.104 115.1.108 115.1.106 115.7.34 115.7.31 115.7.33 115.8.58 115.8.39 115.6.24A 115.6.24B 115.6.24 115.3.16 115.3.17 115.3.18 115.3.19 II5.3.20 115.3.21 115.4.144 115.4.122A 115.4.122B 115.4.122C Embossing Tape, 6 mm, green Embossing Tape, 9 mm, blue Embossing Tape, 9 mm, black Embossing Tape, 9 mm, red Embossing Tape, 9 mm, green Embossing Tape, 12 mm, blue Embossing Tape, 12 mm, black Embossing Tape, 12 mm, red Embossing Tape, 12 mm, green Embossing Tape, 19 mm, blue Embossing Tape, 19 mm, black Embossing Tape, 19 mm, red Embossing Tape, 19 mm, green Embossing Tool, 6 and 9 mm Embossing Tool, 9 and 12 mm Empty Spool for 16 mm Film, 650 metres Empty Spool for 16 mm Film, 350 metres Empty Spool for 16 mm Film, 250 metres Empty Spool for 8 mm Film Envelopes - Airmail Envelopes . Business, C6 Envelopes - Business, E65 Envelopes - Strong, C5 Envelopes - Strong, C4 Eraser - Hard Eraser - Plastic Eraser - Soft Eraser - 2-Sidec Eraser for Transparencies Erasing Knife Erasing Pen Exercise Book - Lined, A5 Exercise Book - Lined, A4 Exercise Book - Squared, A5 Exercise Book - Squared, A4 Fan Heater Felt Marker Set Felt Pen - Broad - Set Felt Pen - Fine - Set Felt Pen -Medium - Set File Stand File Storage Stand Files Filing Cabinet, for A4 Filing Cabinet, for Folio Film Splicer anc Film Cement Filter, green Gl Filter, grey ND4 Filter, grey ND8 Filter, orange 01 Filter, red Rl Filter, skylight UV -176- 115-4.122D 115.4.122E 115.4.122F 115.4.122G 115.4.122H 115.4.123A 115.4.123B 115.4.123C 115.4.123 D 115.4.144A 115.4.144B 115.4.144C 115.4.144D 115.4.122 115.4.123 115.1.42A 115.1.42B 115.1.42C 115.1.40A 115.2.124 115.2.122 115.2.123 115.2.125 115.2.126 115.2.26 115.2.27 115.2.24 115.2.25 115.1.21 115.2.28 115.2.29 115.2.71 115.2.72 115.2.73 115.2.74 115.8.56 115.5.10 115.2.16 115.2.14 115.2.15 115.5.25 115.2.157 115.2.56 115.2.159 115.2.160 115.1.44 115.1.6ÎG 115.1.61H 115.1.611 115.1.61E 115.1.61F 115.1.61B F i l t e r , yellow Yl F i l t e r , yellow Y3 Fire Extinguisher - Class A Fire E x t i n g u i s h e r - Class A,B, 2 Fire E x t i n g u i s h e r - Class A,B, 6 Fire E x t i n g u i s h e r - Class B,E, 2 Fire E x t i n g u i s h e r - Class B,E, 6 F i r s t Aid Kit F l a n n e l Boa rd F l a s h Unit F l e x i b l e Ruler Floor S t a n d for MiLcrophone F l u o r e s c e n t Desk Lamp F o l d i n g Rule F o u n t a i n Pen F o u n t a i n Solution G a d g e t Bag G e n e r a t o r - 1500 G e n e r a t o r - 300 Giant Stapler Glue for B i n d i n g A p p a r a t u s H a n d C a n Opener Hand C l e a n e r Hand T a p e ) i s p e n s e r Headphones Hole P u n c h - A d j u s t a b l e Hole P u n c h e r - 2 mm Hole P u n c h e r - 5 mm I n d e x , A-Z I n d e x , 1-31 I n d e x , 1-52 I n f o r m a t i o n Box I n f o r m a t i o n S i g n s WC I n f o r m a t i o n Signs Men I n f o r m a t i o n S i g n s Women Information Signs Wheelchair I n f o r m a t i o n S i g n s In I n f o r m a t i o n S i g n s Out Information Signs Push Information Signs , Pull Information Signs , P a r k i n g Information Signs Wardrobe I n f o r m a t i o n S i g n s Lift Information Signs Telephone I n f o r m a t i o n S i g n s Staff o n l y I n f o r m a t i o n S i g n s Washroom I n f o r m a t i o n S i g n s Water I n f o r m a t i o n S i g n s Waste Bin I n f o r m a t i o n S i g n s Arrow, Left I n f o r m a t i o n S i g n s Arrow, R i g h t I n f o r m a t i o n S i g n s Arrow, Up I n f o r m a t i o n S i g n s Arrow, Down kg kg kg kg 115.1.61C 115.1.61D 115.8.29 115.8.30 115.8.31 115.8.32 115.8.33 115.8.13 115.5.20 115.1.67 115.4.14 115.1.99 115.5.33 115.4.17 115.2.13 115.6.37 115.1.68 115.8.60 115.8.59 115.7.27 115.7.34A 115.8.40 115.6.46 115.2.103 115.1.90 115.7.23 115.2.87 115.2.88 115.2.57 115.2.58 115.2.59 115.2.143 115.4.124 115.4.125 115.4.126 115.4.127 115.4.128 115.4.129 115.4.130 115.4.131 115-4.132 115.4.133 115.4.134 115.4.135 115.4.136 115.4.137 115.4.138 115.4.139 115.4.140 115.4.141 115.4.142 115.4.143 I n k C l e a n i n g Cup I n k D r a w i n g 3-Set I n k D r a w i n g 8-Set I n s t r u m e n t Set for C h a l k Board I s o m e t r i c D r a f t i n g Attachment Jogger Kerosene Heater Kerosene L a n t e r n - P r e s s u r e Type Kerosene L a n t e r n N o n - P r e s s u r e Type Key Stora ge C a b i n e t Key-Plate L a d d e r - 3 Steps L a d d e r - 6 Steps L a m i n a t e d B i n d i n g Covers L a m i n a t i n g Machine for A4 Sheets L a m i n a t i r ig Machine for Rolls L a n g u a g e Lab S t u d e n t Booth L a n g u a g e L a b S t u d e n t C a s s e t t e Recorder L a n g u a g e L a b o r a t o r y Master Control Unit Large Speaker Lead P e n c i l - 0 , 5 mm Lead P e n c i l - 2 , 0 mm Lead Refills - 0 , 5 mm Lead Refills - 2 , 0 mm Lead S h a r p e n e r Lectern wr ith P u b l i c A d d r e s s System L e n s , Wide Angle L e n s , Telephoto L e n s , Zoom 25-50 mm L e n s , Zoom 35-70 mm L e n s , Zoom 80-200 mm L e t t e r La b e l s L e t t e r Scale L e t t e r i n g Machine Set L e t t e r i n g Template - S l a n t e d T y p e s , 1,8 mm L e t t e r i n g Template - S l a n t e d T y p e s , 2 , 5 mm L e t t e r i n g Template - S l a n t e d T y p e s , 3 , 5 mm L e t t e r i n g Template - S l a n t e d T y p e s , 5,0 mm L e t t e r i n g Template - S l a n t e d T y p e s , 7,0 mm L e t t e r i n g Template - S l a n t e d T y p e s , 10,0 mm L e t t e r i n g Template - S l a n t e d T y p e s , 14,0 mm L e t t e r i n g Template - S l a n t e d T y p e s , 20,0 mm L e t t e r i n g Template - S t r a i g h t T y p e s , 1,8 mm L e t t e r i n g Template - S t r a i g h t T y p e s , 2 , 5 mm L e t t e r i n g Template - S t r a i g h t T y p e s , 3 , 5 mm L e t t e r i n g Template - S t r a i g h t T y p e s , 5,0 mm L e t t e r i n g Template - S t r a i g h t T y p e s , 7,0 mm L e t t e r i n g Template - S t r a i g h t T y p e s , 10,C mm L e t t e r i n g Template - S t r a i g h t T y p e s , u,c mm L e t t e r i n g Template - S t r a i g h t T y p e s , 20,0 mm Light Pointer Light T a b l e - D r a w i n g -178- 115 . 4 . 8 2 115 . 4 . 7 8 115 .4.79 115 . 5 . 4 115 4.72A 115 • 7.39 115 . 8 . 5 7 115 . 8 . 4 2 115 . 8 . 4 3 115 . 5 . 2 3 115 . 5 . 2 4 115 . 8 . 1 1 115 . 8 . 1 2 115 •7.32L 115 . 7 . 3 5 115 . 7 . 3 6 115 .1.96B 115 .1.96A 115 .1.96 115 . 1 . 4 3 115 . 2 . 5 115 . 2 . 6 115 .2.5A 115 2.6A 115 . 2 . 2 3 115 .1.97 115 1.62 115 . 1 . 6 3 115 1.64 115 1.65 115 . 1 . 6 6 115 . 2 . 5 3 115 .2.136 115 .4.121 115 . 4 . 9 1 115 . 4 . 9 2 115 .4-93 115 .4.94 115 . 4 . 9 5 115 4-96 115 4.97 115 4.98 115 . 4 . 8 3 115 .4-84 115 4 . 8 5 115 4.86 115 4.87 115 4.88 115 4.89 115 4.90 115 1.30 115 4-67 Lino P r i n t i n g Kit Locker for V a l u a b l e s L o g a r i t h m P a p e r - Double L o g a r i t h m P a p e r - Single Magic T a p e M a g n e t i c Buttons M a g n e t i c Sheets M a g n e t i c Symbols Set Magnifier M a g n i f y i n g Lamp M a n u a l P o r t a b l e T y p e w r i t e r , E n g l i s h , 240 mm M a n u a l P o r t a b l e T y p e w r i t e r , E n g l i s h , 330 mm M a n u a l P o r t a b l e T y p e w r i t e r , F r e n c h , 240 mm M a n u a l P o r t a b l e T y p e w r i t e r , F r e n c h , 330 mm M a n u a l P o r t a b l e T y p e w r i t e r , S p e c i a l , 240 mm M a n u a l P o r t a b l e T y p e w r i t e r , S p e c i a l , 330 mm M a n u a l S t a t i o n a r y T y p e w r i t e r , E n g l i s h , 330 mm M a n u a l S t a t i o n a r y T y p e w r i t e r , E n g l i s h , 380 mm Manual S t a t i o n a r y T y p e w r i t e r , E n g l i s h , 460 mm M a n u a l S t a t i o n a r y T y p e w r i t e r , F r e n c h , 330 mm M a n u a l S t a t i o n a r y T y p e w r i t e r , F r e n c h , 380 mm M a n u a l S t a t i o n a r y T y p e w r i t e r , F r e n c h , 460 mm M a n u a l S t a t i o n a r y T y p e w r i t e r , S p e c i a l , 330 mm M a n u a l S t a t i o n a r y T y p e w r i t e r , S p e c i a l , 380 mm M a n u a l S t a t i o n a r y T y p e w r i t e r , S p e c i a l , 460 mm Manual Stationary Typewriter, English , l a r g e script Manual Stationary Typewriter, French, l a r g e script Manual Stationary Typewriter, Special, l a r g e script Map Tack Set M a r k i n g Pen Set M a r k i n g Pens - P e r m a n e n t M a r k i n g Pens - W a t e r - S o l u b l e M a s k i n g Tape M e a s u r i n g Rule Microcassette Microfiche D u p l i c a t o r Microfiche R e a d e r Microfiche R e a d e r - P r i n t e r M i c r o p h o n e , for Video M i c r o p h o n e , w i t h Neckholder a n d Clip Microphone Millimeter P a p e r , A4 Millimeter P a p e r , A3 Millimeter P a p e r , Rolls Mirror-Framed Mixer Mobile F i l e S t o r a g e Stand Modelling C l a y Kit Motion P i c t u r e P r o j e c t o r , 16 mm Motion P i c t u r e P r o j e c t o r , 16 mm w i t h R e c o r d i n g Mounting F r a m e s M u l t i p u r p o s e Glue -179- 115.2.49 115.5-29 115.4.53 115.4.52 115.2.101 115.5.15 115.5.12 115.5.11 115.2.82 115.5.34 115.3.1 115.3.2 115.3.3 115.3.4 115.3.5 115.3.6 115.3.7 115.3.8 115.3.9 115.3-10 115.3.11 115.3.12 115.3.13 115.3.14 115.3.15 115.3.22 115.3.23 115.3.24 115.2.99 115.1.23 115.1.19 115.1.20 115.2.104 115.4.16 115.3.42 115.3.52 115.3-50 115.3.51 115.1.50C 115.1.100 115.1.89 115.4.45 115.4.46 115.4.47 115.5.51 115.1.50B 115.2.158 115.2.47 115.1.41 115.1.42 115.1.17 115.2.111 Negative Film Note Book Note F ad Note F aper Cube Notice Board Numbering Labels Numbering Stamp Office Cabinet Office Calculator Office Chair Office Chair with Armrest Office Desk Office Desk with Side Table Office Shelf Office Starter Kit Offset Duplicator Offset Duplicator - Heavy Duty Offset Ink, black Offset Ink, blue Offset Ink, green Offset Ink, red Offset Printing Paper, 70 grams Offset Printing Paper, 85 grams Offset Printing Paper, 100 grams Offset Printing Paper, 120 grams Oil Paint Set Oil Painting Set Opaque Projector Overall, small Overall, medium Overall, l a r g e Overhead Projector with Reel Attachment Packa^ge Cart Padded Bags, 120 x 250 mm Padded Bags, 260 x 400 mm Paint Brush Set - Water Colours Paint Brush Set - Oil Paint Paint Brush Set - Poster Colour Paper and Envelope Fastener Paper Clips, 25 mm Paper Clips, 45 mm Paper Clips, 80 mm Paper Cutter, small Paper Cutter with Stand Paper Folding Machine Paper Glue - Spreading Paper Glue - Stick Paper Knife Paper Pad for Conference Easel Paper Plates Long Run Paper Plates Medium Run Paper Plates Short Run -180- 115.3.52C 115.2.75 115.2.70 115.2.80 115.5.22 115.2.54 115.2.34 115.5.27 115.3.49 115.5.40 115.5.41 115.5.36 115.5-35 115.5.39 115.2.1 115.6.35 115.6.36 115.6.38 115.6.40 115.6.39 115.6.41 115.7.11 115.7.12 115.7.13 115.7.14 115.2.44 115.2.45 115.1.38 115.8.25 115.8.26 115.8.27 115.1.3 115.8.10 115.2.129 115.2.130 115.2.36 115.2.38 115.2.37 115.2.97 115.2.92 115.2.93 115.2.94 115.7.20 115.7.21 115.7.37 115.2.113 115.2.112 115.2.83 115.5.9 115.6.29 115.6.30 115.6.31 115. 3.48 A 115. 3 . 49 A 115. 2.84 115 2.85 115. 7.22 115. 8.37 115 8.38 115 2.137 115 6.3C 115 6.2C 115. 6.26B 115 2.22 115 2.21 115. 2.20 115. 2.2 115 2 . 3 115. 2.4 115 4.50 115 4.51 115- 6 . 3 115 6 . 4 115 6 . 5 115 6.2 115 6.1 115 7 . 9 115 7.10 115 5.21 115 5.18 115 5.19 115 2.48 115 8.6 115 8.8 115 1.32k 115 7.32B 115 7-32C 115 •7.32D 115 •7.32E 115 7.32F 115 .7.32G 115 •7.32H 115 .7.321 115 •7.32J 115 .4.57 115 . 2 . 6 3 115 . 4 . 5 8 115 . 2 . 6 2 115 •7.35A 115 •7.35B 115 .2.61 115 . 8 . 9 115 .8.41 115 . 6 . 3 3 115 . 6 . 3 4 115 . 6 . 2 8 P a p e r Rolls ( S u i t a b l e for 115.3-48) P a p e r Rolls ( S u i t a b l e for 115.3-49) P a p e r S c i s s o r s - 125 mm P a p e r S c i s s o r s - 200 mm P a p e r 1rimmer P a r a f f i n (Kerosene) Stove - One B u r n e r P a r a f f i n (Kerosene) Stove - Two B u r n e r s P a r c e l Beale P e d e s t a l for P h o t o c o p i e r L a r g e Size P e d e s t a l for P h o t o c o p i e r Medium Size Pen for S t e n c i l s P e n c i l ÍS h a r p e n e r - Desk Type Pencil Sharpener - Plastic P e n c i l !S h a r p e n e r - Small P e n c i l s , g r a d e HB Pencils, grade B Pencils, grade H P e r s p e c t i v e D r a w i n g P a p e r , A4 P e r s p e c t i v e D r a w i n g P a p e r , A3 P h o t o c o p i e r - L a r g e Size Photocopier - L a r g e Size w i t h S o r t e r P h o t o c o p i e r - L a r g e Size, High Speed P h o t o c o p i e r - Medium P h o t o c o p i e r - Small P h o t o c o p y i n g P a p e r , A4 P h o t o c o p y i n g P a p e r , A3 P l a n n i n g B o a r d , week 1-53 Plannin g Board, jan-dec Plannin g Board Plaster P l a s t i c B a g s - 15 l i t r e s P l a s t i c B a g s - 40 l i t r e s P l a s t i c B i n d e r s - 4 , 5 mm P l a s t i c B i n d e r s - 6 mm P l a s t i c B i n d e r s - 8 mm P l a s t i c B i n d e r s - 9 , 5 mm P l a s t i c B i n d e r s - 11 mm P l a s t i c B i n d e r s - 1 2 , 5 mm P l a s t i c B i n d e r s - 14 mm P l a s t i c B i n d e r s - 1 5 , 5 mm P l a s t i c B i n d e r s - 18 mm P l a s t i c B i n d e r s - 20 mm P l a s t i c Cover Plastic Files P l a s t i c Foil Plastic Folder P l a s t i c L a m i n a t i n g F o l d e r s , A7 P l a s t i c L a m i n a t i n g F o l d e r s , A4 Plastic Punched Pockets P l a s t i c Sack C a r r i a g e Plastic Tableware P l a t e Developer P l a t e Etch P l a t e Maker -181- Plate Toner Pocket Calculator - Programmable Pocket Calculator - Scientific Pocket Calculator - Solar Pocket Calculator - Standard Pocket Recorder Pointer Pen Polaroid Camera Polaroid Film-Pack Portable Cassette Recorder Portable Cassette Recorder Portable Colour Video Cassette System Portable Colour Video/TV-Monitor Portable Lighting Kit Portable Overhead Projector Portable Sound Slide Projector Portable Voice Amplifier Positive Film Poster Colour Set Printing Calculator Process Camera Projection Screen - Portable Projection Screen - Wall/Ceiling Projection Stand Projection TrolleyProtection Glasses Protection Gloves, medium Protection Gloves, l a r g e Protection Gloves with Plastic Burls, medium Protection Gloves with Plastic Burls, l a r g e Protection Shoes Protractor Protractor Head Public Address System Rail for Suspension Files Rechargeable Battery R14 (IEC) Rechargeable Battery R20 (IEC) Rechargeable Battery R6 (IEC) Reflector Light Refrigeration Box Refrigerator - 160 l i t r e s Refrigerator - 60 litres Refrigerator with Freezer Reinforcement Rings Rewinding Set Roll of Clear Laminating Material Rolling Ball Pen, blue Rolling Ball Pen, black Rolling Ball Pen, red Rub-on Arrows Rub-on Circles with Numbers Rub-on Letters and Numbers, Extra Light, 28 pt -182- 115.6.32 115.3.47 115.3.46 115.3.45 115.3.44 115.3.40 115.1.36 115.1.60 115.1.60A 115.1.31 115.1.88 115.1.50 115.1.58 115.1.52 115.1.1 115.1.27 115.1.101 115.3.52B 115.2.41 115.3.48 115.6.27 115.1.47 115.1.46 115.1.48 115.1.49 115.8.17 115.8.22 115.8.23 115.8.20 115.8.21 115.8.24 115.4.21 115.4.66 115.1.98 115.2.162 115.8.69 115.8.72 115.8.65 115.1.74 115.8.49 115.8.47 115.8.46 115.8.48 115.2.60 115.1.45 115.7.36A 115.2.10 115.2.11 115.2.12 115.4.116 115.4.117 115.4.100 Rub-on Letters and Numbers, Extra Light, 36 pt Rub-on Letters and Numbers, Extra Light, 42 pt Rub-on Letters and Numbers, Medium, 28 pt Rub-on Letters and Numbers, Medium, 36 pt Rub-on Letters and Numbers, Medium, 42 pt Rub-on Letters and Numbers, Outline, 36 pt Rub-on Letters and Numbers, Outline, 42 pt Rub-on Letters and Numbers, I t a l i c , 28 pt Rub-on Letters and Numbers, I t a l i c , 36 pt Rub-on Letters and Numbers, Italic , 42 pt Rub-on Letters and Numbers, Bold, 28 pt Rub-on Letters and Numbers, Bold, 36 pt Rub-on Letters and Numbers, Bold, 42 pt Rub-on Lines Rub-on Raster Sheets - 50% Rub-on Raster Sheets - 70% Rub-on Symbols Rub-on Tool Rubber Band Set Rubber Glue Rubber Glue Refill Ruler - P l a s t i c , 300 mm Ruler - P l a s t i c , 500 mm Ruler - Wood Safe Safety Belt Safety Helmet Safety Helmet with Eye Protection Sample Bags, 125 x 290 mm Sample Bags, 250 x 425 mm Scale Screen Cleaner Self Adhesive Label Set Self Adhesive Sheets Service Spare P a r t s Set (Suitable for 115-6.2) Service Spare Parts Set (Suitable for 115-6.3) Service Spare P a r t s Set (Suitable for 115-6.A) Service Spare Parts Set (Suitable for 115.6.5) Set of Batteries for Still Camera Shredding Machine Sign Holder Silk Mantle Sleeping - Bag Slide and Filmstrip Projector Slide Copier Slide Mounts Slide Projector Slide. Trays Smoke Detector Sorter Sound Motion Picture Camera, 8 mm Sound Motion Picture Projector, 8 mm -183- 115-4.101 115.4.102 115-4.103 115.4.104 115-4.105 115-4-106 115-4.107 115-4.108 115-4-109 115-4-110 115.4.111 115.4.112 115.4.113 115-4-114 115.4.119 115.4.120 115.4.115 115.4.118 115.2.117 115.2.114 115-2.115 115-4-7 115-4-8 115-4-6 115-5-30 115-8.28 115-8.15 115.8.16 115.2.127 115.2.128 115-2.135 115-1-37 115-2-51 115-2-55 115-6.2B 115-6.3B 115-6-4B 115-6.5B 115.1.61A 115.5-31 115-4-145 115-8.42A 115.8-44 115-1-24 115-1-73 115-1-32 115-1-25 115-1-26 115-8-34 115-2.144 115.1-39 115-1-40 Sound Slide Projector Spirit Carbon Stencils Spirit Duplicator - Electric Spirit Duplicator - Manual Sponge Spray Paint Squared Drawing P a p e r , A4 Squared Drawing Paper, A3 Stamp Pad Stamp Rack Stamping Ink, black Stamping Ink, red Stand for Drawings - Console Stand for Drawings - Floor Stand for Manuscript Stand for Manuscript - Electrical Standard Battery R14 (1EC) Standard Battery R20 (IEC) Standard Battery Type R6 (IEC) Standard Battery 6F-22 (IEC) Staple Remover Stapler Stapler - Heavy Duty Stapler - Small Stapler Pliers Staples - 10 mm Staples - 12 mm Staples - 14 mm Staples - 15 mm Staples - 16 mm Staples - 18 mm Staples - 20 mm Staples - 4 mm Staples - 6 mm Staples - 8 mm Staples, 6 mm Stapling Gun Stationary Colour TV Set/Monitor Stationary Overhead Projector Stationary Video Cassette Recorder Stencil Duplicator Stencil Ink, black Stencil Ink, red Stencil Pad Stencils for Typing Steno Pad Stereo Cassette Radio Stereo Music Set Still Camera - Reflex Type Stock Control System Stool Stop Watch -184- 115.1.28 115.6.21 115.6.20 115.6.19 115.2.131 115.2.43 115.4.48 115.4.49 115.2.30 115.2.35 115.2.31 115.2.32 115.4.75 115.4.76 115.3.35 115.3.36 115.8.67 115.8.70 115.8.63 115.8.73 115.2.91 115.2.90 115.7.30 115.2.89 115.7.25 115.7.27A 115.7.29A 115.7.26C 115.7.30A 115.7.29B 115.7.31A 115.7.30B 115.7.26A 115.7.25A 115.7.26B 115.2.89A 115.7.26 II5.I.57 II5.I.2 115.1.56 II5.6.25 115.6.25A 115.6.25B II5.6.26C II5.6.26 115.2.69 115.1.87 II5.I.86 II5.I.6I II5.2.154 115.5.46 II5.8.4 Storage Box Storage Cabinet Stretcher String - Thick String - Thin Student Chair Student Desk - Simple Students Desk - Double Stylet Set Styli for Electronic Stencil Cutter Suspension File for Rail System Suspension Files , A4 Suspension Files, Folio T - s q u a r e , 500 mm T - s q u a r e , 700 mm Table - Portable Table for Conference Room Table for Typewriter Table Stove - One Plate Table Stove - Two Plates Tape Dispenser Tape Measure Telephone Index Template Template - Arrows Template - Circles Template - Civil Engineering Template - Combined Symbols Template - Ellipses - Diametric Template - Ellipses - Isometric Template - Quadrograph Template - Radii - 40 mm Template - Radii - 500 mm Template - Radii and Nuts Template - Sinus Curves Template - Squares Template - Triangles Template Mechanical Symbols Templates - Electrical Engineering Templates - Electronics Tent - Over-Nighting Textil Tape Set Thermal Transparency Sheets, blue Thermal Transparency Sheets, clear Thermal Transparency Sheets, green Thermal Transparency Sheets, red Thermal Transparency Sheets, yellow Thermo Slide Thickening Varnish Thimblett Set Thinning Varnish Title Band, black -185- 115.2. U2 115.2. HO 115.8.U 115.2.118' 115.2.119 115.5.42 115.5.47 115.5.48 115.4.59 115.6.24C 115.2.161 115.2.155 115.2.156 115.4.9 115.4.10 115.5.49 115.5.50 115.3.39 115.8.35 115.8.36 115.2.106 115.4.15 115.2.81 115.4.99 115.4.32 115.4.23 115.4.33 115.4.28 115.4.31 115.4.30 115.4.29 115.4.25 115.4.24 115.4.38 115.4.35 115.4.27 115.4.26 115.4.37 115.4.34 115.4.36 115.8.45 115.2.107 115.1.10 115.1.9 115.1.12 115.1.11 115.1.13 115.1.33 115.6.43 115.2.86 115.6.42 115.3.52E Title Band, white Toner (Suitable for 115-3.51) Toner (Suitable for 115.6.1) Toner (Suitable for 115-6.2) Toner (Suitable for 115.6.3) Toner (Suitable for 115.6.4) Toner (Suitable for 115.6.5) Top Marker Set Transcription. Machine Transparencies for Photocopier, blue Transparencies for Photocopier, clear Transparencies for Photocopier, green Transparencies for Photocopier, red Transparencies for Photocopier, yellow Transparency Flip Frames Transparency Frames Transparency Maker Transparency Preparation Kit - Large Transparency Preparation Kit - Medium Transparency Sheets - Squared Transparent Binding Covers Transparent Drawing Paper, A4 Transparent Drawing Paper, A3 Transparent Drawing Paper, Rolls Transparent Tape Tray for Forms Tray for Paint Triangle, 90-60-30 Triangle, 90-45-45 Triangle Scale, A Triangle Scale, B Triangle Scale, C Trimming Knife - Break-off Trimming Knife - Heavy Tripod Tripod for Video Camera Trolley for Overhead Projectors Two-Component Glue Type Cleaner Typewriting Paper - 45 grams Typewriting Paper - 70 grams Typewriting Paper - 80 grams Typewriter Ribbon, black Typewriter Ribbon, r e d / b l a c k Typewriter Ribbon, c a r t r i d g e type Universal Charger for Batteries Vacuum Cleaner Video Camera Voltage Stabiliser - 1000 W Voltage Stabiliser - 2000 W Wall Clock Wallstand for Drawings Waste Paper Basket -186- 115.3.52D 115.3-51C 115.6.1A 115.6.2A 115.6.3A 115.6.4A 115.6.5A 115.2.17 , 115.3.43 115.6.9 115.6.8 115.6.11 115.6.10 115.6.12 115.1.18 115-1.16 115-1.5 115.1.7 115.1.6 115.1.15 115.7.32K 115.4.42 115.4.43 115.4.44 115.4-121A 115.2.141 115.2.39 115.4.18 115.4.19 115.4.11 115.4.12 115.4.13 115.2.120 115.2.121 115.1.69 115.1.51 115.1.4 115.2.116 115.3.32 115.7.1 115.7.2 115.7.3 115.3.25 115.3.26 115.3.27 115.8.66 115.8.51 115.1.56A 115-8.61 115-8.62 115.8.3 115.4.74 115.8.5 Waste Paper Bins Water Colour Set White Board White Board Marker Set Wicks, for Kerosene Lantern Wicks, for Kerosene Heater Write-on Transparency Sheets Writing Board Writing Pad - Lined, A5 Writing Pad - Lined, A4 Writing Pad - Squared, A5 Writing Pad - Squared, A4 Zinc White 16 mm Educational Film(s), black/white 16 mm Educational Film(s), colour 8 mm Educational Film(s), black/white 8 mm Educational Film(s), colour -187- 115.8.7 115.2.40 115.5.17 115.5.13 115.8.43A 115.8.57A 115.1.8 115.4.63 115.2.65 115.2.66 115.2.67 115.2.68 115.2.42 115.1.112 115.1.111 115.1.110 115.1.109 ENGLISH INDEX 115.1.1 115.1.2 115.1. 115.1. 115.1. 115.1. 115.1. 115.1.8 115.1.9 115.1.10 115.1.11 115.1.12 115.1.13 115.1.14 115.1.15 115.1.16 115.1.17 115.1.18 115.1.19 115.1.20 115.1.21 115.1.22 115.1.23 115.1.24 115.1..25 115.1.,26 115.1.27 115.1 .28 115.1 .29 115.1.29A 115.1.30 115.1.31 115.1.32 115.1..33 115.1..34 115.. 1 ..35 115.1.36 115.1.37 115..1. ,38 115.1 .39 115.1.40 115.1.40A 115.1.41 115.1.41A 11D 1 42 115 1 42A 115.1.42B 115.1.42C 115.1.43 115.1.44 115.1.45 115.1.46 (By Numerical Order) Portable Overhead Projector Stationary Overhead Projector O v e r h e a d P r o j e c t o r w i t h Reel Attachment T r o l l e y for O v e r h e a d P r o j e c t o r s T r a n s p a r e n c y Maker T r a n s p a r e n c y P r e p a r a t i o n Kit - Medium T r a n s p a r e n c y P r e p a r a t i o n Kit - L a r g e Write-on T r a n s p a r e n c y Sheets Thermal T r a n s p a r e n c y Sheets, c l e a r Thermal T r a n s p a r e n c y Sheets, blue Thermal T r a n s p a r e n c y Sheets, red Thermal T r a n s p a r e n c y Sheets, green T h e r m a l T r a n s p a r e n c y S h e e t s , yellow Acetate Reel T r a n s p a r e n c y Sheets - S q u a r e d Transparency Frames Mounting F r a m e s T r a n s p a r e n c y Flip Frames Marking Pens - Permanent Marking Pens - Water-Soluble E r a s e r for T r a n s p a r e n c i e s Compass for T r a n s p a r e n c i e s M a r k i n g P e n s Set Slide a n d F i l m s t r i p P r o j e c t o r Slide P r o j e c t o r Slide T r a y s P o r t a b l e Sound Slide P r o j e c t o r Sound Slide P r o j e c t o r C a r o u s e l Slide P r o j e c t o r C a r o u s e l Slide T r a y Light Pointer P o r t a b l e C a s s e t t e Recorder Slide Mounts Thermo Slide Black S l i d e s C l e a n i n g B r u s h w i t h Bellows P o i n t e r Pen Screen C l e a n e r Opaque Projector Sound Motion P i c t u r e C a m e r a , 8 mm Sound Motion P i c t u r e P r o j e c t o r , 8 mm Empty Spool for 8 mm Film Motion P i c t u r e P r o j e c t o r , 16 mm Anamorphic Lens Motion P i c t u r e P r o j e c t o r , 16 mm w i t h R e c o r d i n g Empty Spool for 16 mm Film, 650 m e t r e s Empty Spool for 16 mm Film, 350 m e t r e s Empty Spool for 16 mm Film, 250 m e t r e s Large Speaker Film S p l i c e r a n d Film Cement R e w i n d i n g Set P r o j e c t i o n Screen - W a l l / C e i l i n g -188- 115.1.47 115.1.48 115. • 4 9 115. • 50 115. .50A 115. • 50B 115. ,50C 115. .51 115. .52 115. .53 115. .54 115. .55 115.1.56 115-1.56A 115.1.57 115.1.58 115.1.59 115..1 60 115..1 60A 115.1.61 115.1.61A 115.1.61B 115.1.61C 115.1.61D 115.1.61E 115.1.61F 115.1.61G 115.1.61H 115.1.611 115.1.62 115.1.63 115.1.64 115.1.65 115.1.66 115.1.67 115.1.68 115..1 .69 115.,1 .70 115.1.71 115.1.72 115.1.73 115.1.74 115.1.75 115.1.76 115.1.77 115.1.78 115.1.79 115.1.80 115.1.81 115.1.82 115.1.83 115.1.84 P r o j e c t i o n Screen - P o r t a b l e Projection Stand Projection Trolley P o r t a b l e Colour Video C a s s e t t e System Battery Pack Mixer M i c r o p h o n e , for Video T r i p o d for Video Camera P o r t a b l e L i g h t i n g Kit Video C a s s e t t e , 60 Minutes Video C a s s e t t e , 120 Minutes Video C a s s e t t e , 180 Minutes S t a t i o n a r y Video C a s s e t t e Recorder Video Camera S t a t i o n a r y Colour TV Set/Monitor P o r t a b l e Colour Video/TV-Monitor Automatic S t i l l Camera P o l a r o i d Camera Polaroid Film-Pack S t i l l Camera - Reflex Type Set of B a t t e r i e s for S t i l l C a m e r a F i l t e r , s k y l i g h t UV F i l t e r , yellow Yl F i l t e r , yellow Y3 F i l t e r , o r a n g e 01 F i l t e r , r e d Rl F i l t e r , g r e e n Gl F i l t e r , g r e y ND4 F i l t e r , g r e y NÒ8 L e n s , Wide Angle Lens, Telephoto L e n s , Zoom 25-50 mm L e n s , Zoom 35-70 mm L e n s , Zoom 80-200 mm F l a s h Unit G a d g e t Bag Tripod Copypod Auto Bellows Unit Close Up Lens Slide Copier Reflector L i g h t Colour R e v e r s a l Film - M a g n e t i c T r a c k , D a y l i g h t Colour R e v e r s a l Film - M a g n e t i c T r a c k , I n d o o r s B l a c k / W h i t e Film, 125 ASA Black/White Film, 400 ASA Colour - D a y l i g h t F i l m , 100 ASA Colour - D a y l i g h t F i l m , 400 ASA Colour - D a y l i g h t F i l m , 64-125 ASA B a s i c Darkroom Kit B l a c k / W h i t e N e g a t i v e Film D e v e l o p i n g Set Colour N e g a t i v e Film D e v e l o p i n g Set -189- 115-1.85 115-1.86 115.1.87 115.1.88 115.1.89 115.1.90 115.1.91 115-1.92 115.1.93 115.1.94 115.1.95 115.1.96 115.1.96A H5.I.96B 115.1.97 115.1.98 115.1.99 115.1.100 115.1.101 115.1.102 115.1.102A 115.1.103 115.1.103A 115.1.104 115.1.105 115.1.106 115.1.107 115.1.108 115-1.109 115.1.110 115.1.111 115.1.112 115.1.113 Colour Reversal Film Developing Set Stereo Music Set Stereo Cassette Radio Portable Cassette Recorder Microphone Headphones Cassettes, 60 minutes Cassettes, 90 minutes Cassettes, 120 minutes Cassette Copier Demagnetization Cassette Language Laboratory Master Control Unit Language Lab Student Cassette Recorder Language Lab Student Booth Lectern with Public Address System Public Address System Floor Stand for Microphone Microphone, Electrodynamic Portable Voice Amplifier Digital Video Disc Player Digital Video Disc(s) Compact Digital Audio Disc Player Compact Digital Audio Disc(s) Educational Record(s) Educational Audio Cassette(s) Educational Video Cassettes Educational OHP Transparency Set(s) Educational Slide Set(s) 8 mm Educational Film(s)-Colour 8 mm Educational Film(s)-Black/White 16 mm Educational Film(s)-Colour 16 mm Educational Film(s)-Black/White Educational Filmstrip(s) 115.2.1 115.2.2 115.2.3 115.2.4 115.2.5 115.2.5A 115.2.6 115.2.6A 115.2.7 115.2.8 115.2.9 115.2.10 115.2.11 115.2.12 115.2.13 Office Starter Kit Pencils, grade HB Pencils, grade B Pencils, grade H Lead Pencil - 0,5 mm Lead Refills - 0,5 mm Lead Pencils - 2 mm Lead Refills - 2 mm Ball Point Pen, blue Ball Point Pen, black Ball Point Pen, red Rolling Ball Pen, blue Rolling Ball Pen, black Rolling Ball Pen, red Fountain Pen -190- 115.2.M 115.2.15 115.2.16 115.2.17 115.2.18 115.2.19 115.2.20 115.2.21 115.2.22 115.2.23 115.2.24 115.2.25 115.2.26 115.2.27 115.2.28 115.2.29 115.2.30 115-2.31 115.2.32 115.2.33 II5.2.34115.2.35 115.2.36 115.2.37 115.2.38 115.2.39 115.2.40 115.2.41 115.2.42 115.2.43 115.2.44 115.2.45 115-2.46 115.2.47 115.2.48 115.2.49 115.2.50 115.2.51 115.2.52 115.2.53 115.2.54 115.2.55 115.2.56 115.2.57 115.2.58 115.2.59 115.2.60 115.2.61 115.2.62 115.2.63 115.2.64 115.2.65 Felt Pen - Fine - Set Felt Pen - Medium - Set Felt Pen - Broad - Set Top Marker Set Crayons - Set Coloured Pencils - Set Pencil Sharpener - Small Pencil Sharpener - Plastic Pencil Sharpener - Desk Type Lead Sharpener Eraser - Soft Eraser - 2-Sided Eraser - Hard Eraser - Plastic Erasing Knife Erasing Pen Stamp Pad Stamping Ink, black Stamping Ink, red Date Stamp Numbering Stamp Stamp Rack Paint Brush Set - Water Colours Paint Brush Set - Poster Colour Paint Brush Set - Oil Paint Tray for Paint Water Colour Set Poster Colour Set Zinc White Spray Paint Oil Paint Set Oil Painting Set Easel for P a i n t e r s Modelling Clay Kit Plaster Lino Printing Kit Batik Dyeing Kit Self Adhesive Label Set Coloured Label Set Letter Labels Numbering Labels Self Adhesive Sheets Files Index, A-Z Index, 1-31 Index, 1-52 Reinforcement Rings Plastic Punched Pockets Plastic Folder Plastic Files Cardboard File Writing Pad - Lined, A5 -191- 115.2.66 115.2.67 115.2.68 115.2.69 115.2.70 115.2.71 115.2.72 115.2.73 115.2.74 115.2.75 115.2.76 115.2.77 115.2.78 115.2.79 115.2.80 115.2.81 115.2.82 115.2.83 115.2.84 115.2.85 115.2.86 115.2.87 115.2.88 115.2.89 115.2.89A 115.2.90 115.2.91 115.2.92 115.2.93 115.2.94 115.2.95 115.2.96 115.2.97 115.2.98 115.2.99 115.2.100 115.2.101 115.2.102 115.2.103 115.2.104 115.2.105 115.2.106 115.2.107 115.2.108 115.2.109 115.2.110 115.2.111 115.2.112 115.2.113 115.2.114 115.2.115 115.2.116 Writing Pad - Lined, A4 Writing Pad - Squared, A5 Writing Pad - Squared, A4 Steno Pad Note Pad Exercise Book - Lined, A5 Exercise Book - Lined, A4 Exercise Book - Squared, A5 Exercise Book - Squared, A4 Note Book Desk Pad Desk Tidy - Small Desk Tidy - Big Book-End Note Paper Cube Telephone Index Magnifier Paper Knife Paper Scissors - 125 mm Paper Scissors - 200 mm Thimblett Set Hole Puncher - 2 mm Hole Puncher - 5 mm Stapler - Small Staples, 6 mm Stapler Staple Remover Paper Clips, 25 mm Paper Clips, 45 mm Paper Clips, 80 mm Container for Paper Clips Clips Paper and Envelope Fastener Drawing Pin Map Tack Set Clear Adhesive Tape Magic Tape Desk Tape Dispenser Hand Tape Dispenser Masking Tape Case Sealing Tape Tape Dispenser Textil Tape Set Edge Binding Apparatus Edge Binding Tape All Purpose Glue Multipurpose Glue Paper Glue - Stick Paper Glue - Spreading Rubber Glue Rubber Glue Refill Two-Component Glue -192- *——' i — ' l — ' i — ' i — ' i — ' i — ' i — ' i — • i—• t——• • — ' l — ' l — ' p—' i — ' i — ' i — ' l — ' i — ' i — ' l—" l — ' i — • •—• i-t fi fi % 3 3 en en 3 3 ^ ' ÛQ ÛQ J^ en t J «d m t->- <-•• u a> en en en m 3 h-"- Pu O 4^ a- P> 3 ro fi l — • i—» •—> I—> I — ' I — ' en en 1—S 1—S >-í a a > > fXi Xf i i—S H- C7MJ1 > > cr-exi X o 00 3 X o 03 O pi OQ fi ^ PJ O i-i i"! 3 O end 1 CL CL ff f i I "•< pi P) fi fi 1—< pi en en n o Pi fi OQ f i 1-3 - 3 1-1 o to J> w o X 00 O X 00 3 3 to en o X to en o co un o X m 1 en en a) o o O O O O O O > en 1—1 en 1-3 enf i af i T3 t- çn o o a ai p> su t» p> pj pu f-¡ B (t f i B O o en r¡ p PJ "O c e i-» i-S n 'S Cu en nH f2i P>. w en n a a CL f i C L CL CL a 3" fi •z •z > > 3 3 < o 5 OOTJ c c 1 — ' 1—1 CL a f i O pu p i • I I ft W 3" ¡X f i f i 03 E t » M- H - O 0 0 3 1 1 3 3 pi X X O o cr cr f i ÛQ 3 3 r+ r3 3 f i m a' r X a > If) T) 3 3 TI TI ¡ ì fi fi f i f i f i 1 en en H - f i f i <£ ,_ i¿ ' c CL CL a> 1—' r + en r-t o o r+ a» n> en «* •* CL a 3 n X X en en en •-< u> i-n - •• en > > 3 3 P> 3 n O eT,en CL a M, P CL T) > > > er>cn O 0Q fi fi O 4>i-i f i 3 3 X X > en •T) ! * TI i-h i—i i—i i—i y , PO-CO T I T I g T I H- H- 5 " M- f>0>^OVOCO^CTie7l4^C^NJi^OVOOO^C7^eil4^U>f>0'-'OeOCO^ l—• ejiencjicJiejieiienc^enejic/ieneJicxieJiLncnejic^eTicjien to O O°e 3 3 3 x x x O O w c^Ñe to en en 0 « pT pi pi ero era era «-i - H 133 ¿ , <T ÍT1 1— ÇLX a 3 TI e p p i — ' i — ' i — 115-3.1 115-3.2 115.3.3 115.3.4 115.3.5 115.3.6 115.3.7 115.3.8 115.3.9 115-3.10 115.3.11 115.3.12 115.3.13 115.3.14 115.3.15 115.3.16 115.3.17 115.3.18 115.3.19 115.3.20 115.3.21 115.3.22 115-3.23 115.3.24 115.3.25 115-3-26 115.3.27 115.3.28 115.3.29 115.3.30 115.3.31 115.3.32 115.3.33 115.3.34 115.3.35 115.3.36 115.3.37 115.3.38 115.3.39 115.3.40 115.3.41 115.3.42 115-3-43 115.3.44 115-3.45 115-3.46 115-3.47 115.3.48 115.3.48A 115.3.49 II5.3.49A 115.3.50 115-3-50A 115.3.51 Manual Portable Typewriter, English, 240 mm Manual Portable Typewriter, English, 330 mm Manual Portable Typewriter French, 240 mm Manual Portable Typewriter French, 330 mm Manual Portable Typewriter Special, 240 mm Manual Portable Typewriter Special, 330 mm Manual Stationary Typewriter, English, 330 mm Manual Stationary Typewriter, English, 380 mm Manual Stationary Typewriter, English, 460 mm Manual Stationary Typewriter, French, 330 mm Manual Stationary Typewriter, French, 380 mm Manual Stationary Typewriter, French, 460 mm Manual Stationary Typewriter, Special, 330 mm Manual Stationary Typewriter, Special, 380 mm Manual Stationary Typewriter, Special, 460 mm Electronic Typewriter, English, 360 mm Electronic Typewriter, French, 360 mm Electronic Typewriter, Special, 360 mm Electronic Typewriter, English, 420 mm Electronic Typewriter, French, 420 mm Electronic Typewriter, Special, 420 mm Manual Stationary Typewriter, English, Large Script Manual Stationary Typewriter, French, Large Script Manual Stationary Typewriter, Special, Large Script Typewriter Ribbon, black Typewriter Ribbon, r e d / b l a c k Typewriter Ribbon, Cartridge Type Correction Fluid Set Correction Paper Roll Correction Sheets Correction Tape Type Cleaner Carbon Paper - Typing Carbon Paper - Hand Writing Stand for Manuscript Stand for Manuscript - Electrical Desk Lamp Fluorescent Desk Lamp Incandescent Table for Typewriter Pocket Recorder Dictation - Transcription Machine Microcassette Transcription Machine Pocket Calculator - Standard Pocket Calculator - Solar Pocket Calculator - Scientific Pocket Calculator - Programmable Printing Calculator Paper Rolls (Suitable for 115-3.48) Office Calculator Paper Rolls (Suitable for 115-3.49) Microfiche Reader Bulb for Microfiche Reader Microfiche Reader - Printer -194- 115.3.51A 115.3.51B II5.3.5IC II5.3.52 115.3.52A 115.3.52B II5.3.52C 115.3.52D II5.3.52E Bulb for Microfiche Reader-Printer Copying Paper Toner (Suitable for 115.3.51 ) Microfiche Duplicator Bulbs for Microfiche Duplicator Positive Film Negative Film Title Band, white Title Band, black 115.4.1 115.4.2 115.4.3 115.4.4 115.4.5 115.4.6 115.4.7 115.4.8 115.4.9 115.4.10 115.4.11 115.4.12 115.4.13 115.4.14 115.4.15 115.4.16 115.4.17 115.4.18 115.4.19 115.4.20 115.4.21 115.4.22 115.4.23 115.4.24 115.4.25 115.4.26 115.4.27 115.4.28 115.4.29 115.4.30 115.4.31 115.4.32 115.4.33 115.4.34 115.4.35 115.4.36 115.4.37 115.4.38 115.4.39 II5.4.4O Compass - Set Compass - with Automatic Bow Set Beam Compass Drawing Instrument Set - Small Drawing Instrument Set - Medium Ruler - Wood Ruler - P l a s t i c , 300 mm Ruler - P l a s t i c , 500 mm T-Square, 500 mm T-Square, 700 mm Triangle Scale, A Triangle Scale, B Triangle Scale, C Flexible Ruler Tape Measure Measuring Rule Folding Rule T r i a n g l e , 90-60-30 T r i a n g l e , 90-45-45 Adjustable Triangle Protractor Curve Rulers Template - Circles Template - Radii - 500 mm Template - Radii - 40 mm Template - Triangles Template - Squares Template - Combined Symbols Template - Quadrograph Template - Ellipses - Isometric Template - Ellipses - Diametric Template - Arrows Template - Civil Engineering Templates - Electrical Engineering Template - Sinus Curves Templates - Electronics Template - Mechanical Symbols Template - Radii and Nuts Drawing Paper, A4 Drawing Paper, A3 -195- .4.41 • 442 .4 43 .4 44 .4 45 .4 46 .4 47 .4 48 .4 49 .4 50 .4 51 .4 52 .4 53 .4 54 .4 55 .4 56 .4 57 .4 58 .4 59 .4 60 .4 61 .4 62 .4 63 .4 64 .4 65 .4 66 .4 67 .4 68 .4 69 .4 70 • 471 .4 72 .4 72A .4 73 .4 74 .4 75 .4 76 .4 77 .4 78 .4 79 .4 80 .4.81 .4.82 • 4.83 • 4.84 .4 85 .4 86 .4 87 .4 88 • 489 .4 90 .4 91 Drawing Paper, Rolls Transparent Drawing Paper, A4 Transparent Drawing Paper, A3 Transparent Drawing Paper, Rolls Millimeter Paper, A4 Millimeter Paper, A3 Millimeter Paper, Rolls Squared Drawing Paper, A4 Squared Drawing Paper, A3 Perspective Drawing Paper, A4 Perspective Drawing Paper, A3 Logarithm Paper - Single Logarithm Paper - Double Drawing Film, A4 Drawing Film, A3 Drawing Film, Rolls Plastic Cover Plastic Foil Stylet Set Cutting Pad Drawing Weight Dusting Brush Writing Board Drawing Board, A4 Drawing Board, A3 Protractor Head Light Table - Drawing Drawing Mechanism Drawing Board - Table Model, A2 Drawing Board - Table Model, Al Drafting Machine - Educational Drafting Machine - Heavy Duty Isometric Drafting Attachment Drawing Holder Wallstand for Drawings Stand for Drawings - Console Stand for Drawings - Floor Drawing Cabinet Ink Drawing 3-set Ink Drawing 8-set Drawing Ink Cleaning Liquid Ink Cleaning Cup Lettering Template - Straight Types, Lettering Template - Straight Types, Lettering Template - Straight Types, Lettering Template - Straight Types, Lettering Template - Straight Types, Lettering Template - Straight Types, Lettering Template - Straight Types, Lettering Template - Straight Types, Lettering Template - Slanted Types, -196- 1,8 mm 2,5 mm 3,5 mm 5,0 mm 7,0 mm 10,0 mm 14,0 mm 20,0 mm 1,8 mm 115.4. 92 115.A. 93 115.4. 94 115.4. 95 115.4. 96 115.4. 97 115.4. 98 99 115 100 115 101 115 102 115 103 115 104 115 105 115 106 115.4. 115.4..107 115.4..108 115.4..109 115.4 .110 115 .111 115 ,112 .113 115 .114 115 .115 115 .116 115 .117 115 .118 115 .119 115 .120 115.4 .121 115.4 .121A 115 .122 115 .122 A 115 .122B 115 .122C 115 .122D 115 .122E 115 .122F 115 • 122G 115.4 .122H 115.4 .123 115 .123A 115 .123B 115 .123C 115 .123D 115 .124 115 .125 115 .126 115 .127 115 .128 115 .129 115 .130 115 L e t t e r i n g T e m p l a t e - S l a n t e d T y p e s , 2 , 5 mm L e t t e r i n g T e m p l a t e - S l a n t e d T y p e s , 3 , 5 mm L e t t e r i n g T e m p l a t e - S l a n t e d T y p e s , 5,0 mm L e t t e r i n g T e m p l a t e - S l a n t e d T y p e s , 7,0 mm L e t t e r i n g T e m p l a t e - S l a n t e d T y p e s , 10,0 mm L e t t e r i n g T e m p l a t e - S l a n t e d T y p e s , 14,0 mm L e t t e r i n g T e m p l a t e - S l a n t e d T y p e s , 20,0 mm Template Rub-on L e t t e r s a n d Numbers E x t r a L i g h t , 28pt Rub-on L e t t e r s a n d Numbers E x t r a L i g h t , 36pt Rub-on L e t t e r s a n d Numbers E x t r a L i g h t , 42pt Rub-on L e t t e r s a n d Numbers Medium, 28pt Rub-on L e t t e r s a n d Numbers Medium 36pt Rub-on L e t t e r s a n d Numbers Medium 42pt Rub-on L e t t e r s a n d Numbers O u t l i n e 36pt Rub-on L e t t e r s a n d Numbers O u t l i n e 42pt Rub-on L e t t e r s a n d Numbers I t a l i c , 28pt Rub-on L e t t e r s a n d Numbers I t a l i c , 36pt Rub-on L e t t e r s a n d Numbers I t a l i c , 42pt Rub-on L e t t e r s a n d Numbers Bold, 28pt Rub-on L e t t e r s a n d Numbers Bold, 36pt Rub-on L e t t e r s a n d Numbers Bold, 42pt Rub-on L i n e s Rub-on Symbols R u b - o n Arrows Rub-on C i r c l e s w i t h Numbers Rub-on Tool Rub-on R a s t e r Sheets - 50% Rub-on R a s t e r Sheets - 70% L e t t e r i n g Machine Set T r a n s p a r e n t Tape Embossing Tool - 6 a n d 9 mm Embossing T a p e , 6 mm, b l u e Embossing T a p e 6 mm b l a c k Embossing T a p e 6 mm r e d Embossing T a p e 6 mm g r e e n Embossing T a p e 9 mm b l u e E m b o s s i n g T a p e 9 mm b l a c k Embossing T a p e 9 mm r e d E m b o s s i n g T a p e 9 mm g r e e n Embossing Tool - 9 a n d 12 mm E m b o s s i n g T a p e , 12 mm, b l u e Embossing T a p e , 12 mm b l a c k Embossing T a p e , 12 mm r e d Embossing T a p e , 12 mm g r e e n I n f o r m a t i o n S i g n s , WC I n f o r m a t i o n S i g n s , Men I n f o r m a t i o n S i g n s , Women Information Signs, Wheelchair I n f o r m a t i o n S i g n s , In I n f o r m a t i o n S i g n s , Out Information Signs, Push -197- 115.4-131 115-4.132 115.4.133 115.4.134 115.4.135 115-4.136 115.4.137 115.4.138 115.4.139 II5.4.I4O II5.4.I4I 115..4 142 115..4 143 115..4 144 115..4 144A 115..4 144B 115.4.144C 115.4.144D II5.4.I45 Information Signs, Pull Information Signs, P a r k i n g I n f o r m a t i o n S i g n s , Wardrobe I n f o r m a t i o n S i g n s , Lift I n f o r m a t i o n S i g n s , Telephone I n f o r m a t i o n S i g n s , Staff o n l y I n f o r m a t i o n S i g n s , Washroom I n f o r m a t i o n S i g n s , Water I n f o r m a t i o n S i g n s , Waste b i n I n f o r m a t i o n S i g n s , Arrow, Left I n f o r m a t i o n S i g n s , Arrow, Right I n f o r m a t i o n S i g n s , Arrow, Up I n f o r m a t i o n S i g n s , Arrow, Down Embossing Sign Machine Embossing Tape - 19 mm, b l u e Embossing Tape - 19 mm, b l a c k Embossing Tape - 19 mm, r e d Embossing Tape - 19 mm, g r e e n Sign Holder 115.5.1 115.5.2 115.5.3 115.5.4 115.5.5 115-5.6 115-5.7 115.5.8 115.5.9 115.5.10 115.5.11 115.5.12 115.5.13 115.5.14 115.5.15 115.5.16 115.5.17 115.5.18 115.5.19 115.5.20 115.5.21 115.5.22 115.5.23 115.5.24 115.5.25 115.5.26 115.5.27 115.5.28 115.5.29 C h a l k Board C h a l k B o a r d s w i t h M e t a l l i c Surface C h a l k Board on S t a n d I n s t r u m e n t Set for C h a l k Board C h a l k - White C h a l k - Coloured Chalkboard Cleaner Conference E a s e l for P a p e r P a d s P a p e r P a d for Conference E a s e l F e l t M a r k e r Set M a g n e t i c Symbols Set M a g n e t i c Sheets White Board M a r k e r Set Cleaning Pad M a g n e t i c Buttons Conference E a s e l with White Board White Board P l a n n i n g B o a r d , Week 1-53 Planning Board, Jan-Dec F l a n n e l Board P l a n n i n g Board Notice Board Key S t o r a g e C a b i n e t Key-Plate File Stand Clothes Locker Office C a b i n e t C a s h Box Locker for V a l u a b l e s -198- 115.5.30 115.5.31 115.5.32 115.5.33 115.5.34 115.5.35 115.5.36 115.5.37 115.5.38 115.5.39 115.5.40 115.5.41 115.5.42 115.5.43 115.5.44 115.5.45 115.5.46 115.5.47 115.5.48 115.5.49 115.5.50 115.5.51 115.5.52 Safe Shredding Machine Desk Lamp Fluorescent Desk Lamp Magnifying Lamp Office Desk with Side Table Office Desk Bookcase Cupboard Office Shelf Office Chair Office Chair with Armrest Student Chair Chair - Stackable Chair with Writing Table Chair for Conference Rooms Stool Student Desk - Simple Student Desk - Double Table - Portable Table for Conference Room Conference Cupboard Mirror-Framed II5.6.I 115.6.1A 115-6.2 II5.6.2A II5.6.2B 115-6.2C 115.6.3 115.6.3A II5.6.3B II5.6.3C 115.6.4 115.6.4A 115.6.4B 115-6.5 115-6.5A II5.6.5B 115.6.6 115.6.7 115.6.8 115.6.9 115.6.10 115.6.11 115.6.12 115.6.13 115.6.13A 115.6.14 115-6.14A Photocopier - Small Toner (Suitable for 115.6.1) Photocopier - Medium Toner (Suitable for 115-6.2) Service Spare P a r t s Set (Suitable for 115-6.2) Pedestal for Photocopier - Medium Size Photocopier - Large Size Toner (Suitable for 115-6.3) Service Spare P a r t s Set (Suitable for 115.6.3) Pedestal for Photocopier - Large Size Photocopier - Large Size with Sorter Toner (Suitable for 115.6.4) Service Spare Part Set (Suitable for 115.6.4) Photocopier - Large Size, High Speed Toner (Suitable for 115-6.5) Service Spare P a r t s Set (Suitable for 115.6.5) Address Labels for Photocopier, 70x36 mm Address Labels for Photocopier, 105x36 mm Transparencies for Photocopier, clear Transparencies for Photocopier, blue Transparencies for Photocopier, red Transparencies for Photocopier, green Transparencies for Photocopier, yellow Ammonia Copying Machine Developer (Suitable for 115.6.13) Ammonia Copying Center Developer (Suitable for 115.6.14) -199- 115-6.15 115.6.16 115.6.17 115.6.18 115.6.19 115.6.20 115.6.21 115.6.22 115.6.23 115.6.24 115.6.24A 115.6.24B 115.6.24C II5.6.24D 115.6.24E 115.6.25 II5.6.25A 115.6.25B 115.6.26 115.6.26A 115.6.26B II5.6.26C 115.6.27 115.6.27A 115.6.27B 115.6.28 115.6.29 115.6.30 115.6.31 115.6.32 115.6.33 115.6.34 115.6.35 115.6.36 115.6.37 115.6.38 115.6.39 115.6.40 115.6.41 II5.6..42 115.6.43 115.6.44 115.6.45 115.6.46 Ammonia Copying Paper, 30 m, black Ammonia Copying Paper, 30 m, blue Ammonia Copying Paper, 50 m, black Ammonia Copying Paper, 50 m, blue Spirit Duplicator - Manual Spirit Duplicator - Electric Spirit Carbon Stencils Duplicating Liquid for Spirit Duplicator Correcting Fluid for Spirit Duplicating Electronic Stencil Cutter Electro-Stencils - Long Run Electro-Stencils - Short Run Styli for Electronic Stencil Cutter Carbon Filter for Stencil Cutter Correction Fluid for Electro-Stencils Stencil Duplicator Stencil Ink, black Stencil Ink, red Stencils for Typing Correcting Fluid for Typing Stencils Pen for Stencils Stencil Pad Process Camera Developing Unit for Process Camera Developing Unit for Metal Plates Plate Maker Paper Plates Long Run Paper Plates Medium Run Paper Plates Short Run Plate Toner Plate Developer Plate Etch Offset Duplicator Offset Duplicator - Heavy Duty Fountain Solution Offset Ink, black Offset Ink, green Offset Ink, blue Offset Ink, red Thinning Varnish Thickening Varnish Blanket and Roller Wash Blanket Restorer Hand Cleaner 115.7.1 115.7.2 115.7.3 115.7.4 Typewriting Typewriting Typewriting Duplicating Paper - 45 grams Paper - 70 grams Paper - 80 grams Paper -200- 115.7.5 115.7.6 115.7.7 115.7.8 115.7.9 115.7.10 115.7-11 115.7.12 115.7.13 115.7.H 115.7.15 115.7.16 115.7.17 115.7.18 ' 115.7.19 115.7.20 115.7.21 115.7.22 115.7.23 115.7.24 115.7.25 115.7.25A 115.7.26 115.7.26A 115.7.26B II5.7.26C 115.7.27 115.7.27A 115.7.28 115.7.29 115.7.29A 115.7.29B 115.7.30 115.7.30A H5.7.3OB 115.7.31 115.7.31A 115.7.32 115.7-32A 115.7.32B II5.7.32C 115.7-32D 115.7.32E 115.7.32F 115.7.32G 115.7.32H II5.7.32I 115.7.32J 115.7-32K 115.7.32L 115.7.33 Coloured Duplicating Paper, pink Coloured Duplicating P a p e r , light yellow Coloured Duplicating Paper, light green Coloured Duplicating Paper, light blue Photocopying Paper, A4 Photocopying Paper, A3 Offset P r i n t i n g Paper, 70 grams Offset Printing Paper, 85 grams Offset Printing Paper, 100 grams Offset P r i n t i n g Paper, 120 grams Allround Paper Coloured Paper, pink Coloured Paper, light yellow Coloured Paper, light green Coloured Paper, light blue Paper Cutter - Small Paper Cutter with Stand Paper Trimmer Hole Punch - Adjustable Automatic Hole Punch Stapler Pliers Staples - 6 mm Stapling Gun Staples - 4 mm Staples - 8 mm Staples - 14 mm Giant Stapler Staples - 10 mm Automatic Electric Stapler - 3 mm Automatic Electric Stapler - 16 mm Staples - 12 mm Staples - 16 mm Stapler Staples - 15 mm Staples - 20 mm Electric Single Head Stitcher Staples - 18 mm Binding Apparatus Plastic Binders - 4,5 mm Plastic Binders - 6 mm Plastic Binders - 8 mm Plastic Binders - 9,5 mm Plastic Binders - 11 mm Plastic Binders - 12,5 mm Plastic Binders - 14 mm Plastic Binders - 15,5 mm Plastic Binders - 18 mm Plastic Binders - 20 mm T r a n s p a r e n t Binding Covers Laminated Binding Covers Electric Thermo-Binder -201- 115.7.33A 115.7.33B 115.7-33C U5.7.33D 115.7.33E 115.7.33F 115.7.33G 115.7-33H 115.7.34 115.7.34A 115.7.35 115.7.35A 115.7.35B 115.7-36 115.7.36A 115.7.37 115.7.38 115.7.39 115.7.40 Cover - 1 mm Cover - 3 mm Cover - 6 mm Cover - 9 mm Cover - 12 mm Cover - 15 mm Cover - 18 mm Cover - 21 mm Electric Glue Binding Apparatus Glue for Binding Apparatus Laminating Machine for A4 Sheets Plastic Laminating Folders, A7 Plastic Laminating Folders, A4 Laminating Machine for Rolls Roll of Clear Laminating Material Paper Folding Machine Collator - Small Jogger Automatic Collator 115.8.1 115-8.2 115.8.3 115.8.4 115.8.5 115.8.6 115.8.7 115.8.8 115.8.9 115.8.10 115.8.11 115.8.12 115.8.13 115.8.14 115.8.15 115.8.16 115.8.17 115.8.18 115.8.19 115.8.20 115.8.21 115.8.22 115.8.23 115.8.24 115.8.25 115.8.26 115.8.27 115.8.28 115.8.29 Briefcase - Small Briefcase - Large Wall Clock Stop Watch Waste Paper Basket Plastic Bags - 15 l i t r e s Waste Paper Bins Plastic Bags - 40 litres Plastic Sack Carriage Package Cart Ladder - 3 Steps Ladder - 6 Steps First Aid Kit Stretcher Safety Helmet Safety Helmet with Eye Protection Protection Glasses Ear Protectors Ear Plugs Protection Gloves with Plastic Burls, Medium Protection Gloves with Plastic Burls, Large Protection Gloves, Medium Protection Gloves, Large Protection Shoes Overall, Small Overall, Medium Overall, Large Safety Belt Fire Extinguisher - Class A -202- .8.30 .8.31 .8.32 .8.33 .8.34 .8.35 .8.36 .8.37 .8.38 .8.39 .8.40 .8.41 .8.42 .8.42A .8.43 .8.43A .8.44 .8.45 .8.46 .8.47 .8.48 .8.49 .8.50 .8.51 .8.52 .8.53 .8.54 .8.55 .8.56 .8.57 .8.57A .8.58 ,8.59 .8.60 .8.61 .8.62 .8.63 .8.64 .8.65 .8.66 .8.67 .8.68 .8.69 .8.70 .8.71 .8.72 .8.73 .8.74 Fire Extinguisher - Class A, B, 2 kg Fire Extinguisher - Class A, B, 6 kg Fire Extinguisher - Class B, E, 2 kg Fire Extinguisher - Class B, E, 6 kg Smoke Detector Table Stove - One Plate Table Stove - Two Plates Paraffin (Kerosene) Stove - One Burner Paraffin (Kerosene) Stove - Two Burners Electric Water Kettle Hand Can Opener Plastic Tableware Kerosene Lantern - Pressure Type Silk Mantle Kerosene Lantern Non-Pressure Type Wicks, for Kerosene Lantern Sleeping - Bag Tent - Over-Nighting Refrigerator - 60 litres Refrigerator - 160 l i t r e s Refrigerator with Freezer Refrigeration Box Cooling Box Vacuum Cleaner Desk Fan Ceiling Fan Air Conditioner - 2.5 kWh Air Conditioner - 3.2 kWh Fan Heater Kerosene Heater Wicks, for Kerosene Heater Electric Torch Generator - 300 W Generator - 1500 W Voltage Stabiliser - 1000 W Voltage Stabiliser - 2000 W Standard Battery Type R6 (IEC) Alkaline Battery Type R6 (IEC) Rechargeable Battery R6 (IEC) Universal Charger for Batteries Standard Battery R14 (IEC) Alkaline Battery R14 (IEC) Rechargeable Battery R14 (IEC) Standard Battery R20 (IEC) Alkaline Battery R20 (IEC) Rechargeable Battery R20 (IEC) Standard Battery 6F-22 (IEC) Alkaline Battery 6F-22 (IEC) -203- INDEX FRANÇAIS 115.1.1 115.1.2 115.1. 115.1. 115.1. 115.1. 115.1.7 115.1.8 115.1.9 115.1.10 115.1.11 115.1.12 115.1.13 115.1.U 115.1.15 115.1.16 115.1.17 115.1.18 115.1.19 115.1.20 115.1.21 115.1.22 115.1.23 115.1.24 115.1.25 115.1.26 115.1.27 115.1. 28 115.1. 29 115.1.29A 115.1.30 115.1.31 115.1.32 115.1..33 115.. 1 ..34 115.1.35 115.1.36 115.1.37 115.1.38 115.1.39 115.1.40 115.1.40A 115.1.41 115.1.41A 115.1.42 115.1.42A 115.1.42B 115.1.42C 115.1..43 115.1..44 115.1.45 (Par ordre numérique) Rétroprojecteur portatif R é t r o p r o j e c t e u r modèle de t a b l e Rétroprojecteur avec rouleaux Chariot pour projecteurs Thermocopieur Ensemble moyen de p r e p a r a t i o n de t r a n s p a r e n t s Ensemble complet de p r e p a r a t i o n de t r a n s p a r e n t s Feuilles t r a n s p a r e n t e s pour écrire Feuilles transparentes thermiques, claires Feuilles transparentes thermiques, bleues Feuilles t r a n s p a r e n t e s thermiques, rouges Feuilles transparentes thermiques, vertes Feuilles transparentes thermiques, jaunes Rouleau d ' a c é t a t e Feuilles transparentes - quadrillées Cadres pour t r a n s p a r e n t s C a d r e s de montage Cadre à volets pour t r a n s p a r e n t s Stylos-marqueurs permanents Stylos-marqueurs solubles à l ' e a u Gomme p o u r t r a n s p a r e n t s Compas p o u r t r a n s p a r e n t s T r o u s s e de s t y l o s m a r q u e u r s P r o j e c t e u r de d i a p o s i t i v e s et de films en b a n d e P r o j e c t e u r de d i a p o s i t i v e s C h a r g e u r s de d i a p o s i t i v e s P r o j e c t e u r de d i a p o s i t i v e s s o n o r e , p o r t a t i f P r o j e c t e u r de d i a p o s i t i v e s s o n o r e P r o j e c t e u r de d i a p o s i t i v e s t y p e " C a r r o u s e l " C h a r g e u r de d i a p o s i t i v e s t y p e " C a r r o u s e l " Flèche lumineuse Magnetophone portatif à c a s s e t t e s Montures p o u r d i a p o s i t i v e s Thermo-diapositives Diapositives opaque Brosse de n e t t o y a g e a v e c s o u f f l e t t e Pointeur têléscopique Nettoyeur d ' é c r a n Projecteur episcope Camera s u p e r 8 sonore P r o j e c t e u r de cinema s u p e r 8 s o n o r e Bobine v i d e p o u r film 8 mm P r o j e c t e u r de c i n e m a , film de 16 mm Objectif a n a m o r p h i q u e P r o j e c t e u r de film 16 mm a v e c e n r e g i s t r e u r Bobine v i d e p o u r film 16 mm, 650 metres Bobine v i d e p o u r film 16 mm, 350 m e t r e s Bobine v i d e p o u r film 16 mm, 250 metres Grand h a u t - p a r l e u r Colleuse et colle p o u r film Rebobineuse -204- 115-1.46 115.1.47 115.1.48 115.1.49 115.1.50 H5.I.5OA 115.1.50 B II5.I.5OC 115.1.51 115.1.52 115.1.53 115.1.54 115.1-55 II5.I.56 H5.I.56A 115-1.57 115.1.58 115-1.59 115.1.60 115.1.60A 115-1.61 115.1.61A 115.1.61B 115.1.61C 115.1.61D 115.1.61E II5.1.61F 115.1.61G 115.1.61H 115.1.611 115.1.62 115.1.63 115.1.64 115.1.65 115.1.66 Ecran de projection - mur/plafond Ecran de projection - portatif Support d ' a p p a r e i l s de projection Chariot pour a p p a r e i l s de projection Système video couleur portatif Batterie d'accumulateurs Mélangeur Microphone Trépied pour camera video Eclairage portatif Cassette video, 60 minutes Cassette video, 120 minutes Cassette video, 180 minutes Magnétoscope de salon Camera video Téléviseur/moniteur couleur de salon Téléviseur/moniteur couleur portatif Appareil photo automatique Appareil photo polaroid Boite de films pour a p p a r e i l polaroid Appareil photo type reflex Jeu de piles pour a p p a r e i l photo F i l t r e , u l t r a violet UV F i l t r e , jaune Yl F i l t r e , jaune Y3 F i l t r e , orange 01 F i l t r e , rouge RI F i l t r e , vert Gl Filtre,- gris ND4 F i l t r e , gris ND8 Objectif, grand angle Téléobjectif, telephoto Objectif, zoom 25-50 mm Objectif, zoom 35-70 mm Objectif, zoom 80-200 mm 115.1.67 115.1.68 115.1.69 Flash Sac de photographe Trépied 115.1.70 115.1.71 115.1.72 115.1.73 115.1.74 115.1.75 115.1.76 115.1.77 115.1.78 115.1.79 115.1.80 115.1.81 Pied de reproduction Soufflet Lentilles pour macrophotographie Copieur de diapositives Lampe réfléchissante Film couleur avec piste magnétique pour l ' e x t é r i e u r Film couleur avec piste magnétique pour l ' i n t é r i e u r Film négatif noir et b l a n c , 125 ASA, 36 vues Film négatif noir et b l a n c , 400 ASA, 36 vues Film négatif couleur pour l ' e x t é r i e u r , 100 ASA, 36 vues Film négatif couleur pour l ' e x t é r i e u r , 400 ASA, 36 vues Film pour diapositives couleur, pour l ' e x t é r i e u r , 64-125 ASA, 36 vues -205- 115.1.82 115.1.83 115.1.84 115.1.85 115.1.86 115.1.87 115.1.88 115-1.89 115.1.90 115.1.91 115.1.92 115.1.93 115.1.94 115.1.95 115.1.96 H5.I.96A 115.1.98 115.1.99 115.1.100 115-1.101 II5.I.IO2 115.1.102A 115-1.103 115.1.103A 115.1-104 115.1.105 115.1.106 115.1.107 115.1.108 115-1.109 115.1.110 115.1.111 115.1.112 115.1.113 Equipement de base pour chambre noire Jeu de révélateurs pour film négatif noir et blanc Jeu de révélateurs pour film négatif couleur Jeu de révélateurs pour film couleur inversible Centrale stereo Poste radio cassette stereo Magnétophone à cassettes portatif Microphone Casque d'écoute Cassettes, 60 minutes Cassettes, 90 minutes Cassettes, 120 minutes Copieur de cassettes Cassette de demagnetasation Pupitre de commande Magnétophone à cassettes de labo de langues pour étudiant Cabine Pupitre de conférencier avec système d'amplification de voix Système d'amplification de voix Pied de plancher pour microphone Microphone Amplificateur de voix portatif Lecteur de disques video numériques Disques video numériques Lecteur de disques compacts Disques compacts Disques d'enseignement Cassettes audio d'enseignement Cassettes video d'enseignement Materiel OHP d'enseignement Diapositives d'enseignement, jeu Film d'enseignement couleur 8 mm Film d'enseignement noir et blanc 8 mm Film d'enseignement couleur 16 mm Film d'enseignement noir et b l a n c , 16 mm Film d'enseignement en bande 115.2.1 115.2.2 115.2.3 115.2.4 115.2.5 II5.2.5A II5.2.6 115.2.6A II5.2.7 Materiel de base de b u r e a u Crayons, HB Crayons, B Crayons, H Porte-mines 0,5 mm Mines 0,5 mm Porte-mines 2 mm Mines 2 mm Stylo à b i l l e , bleu 115.1.96B 115.1.97 -206- ,2.8 .2.9 .2.10 .2.11 ,2.12 .2.13 .2.14 .2.15 ,2.16 .2.17 .2.18 ,2.19 ,2.20 .2.21 .2.22 .2.23 .2.24 .2.25 .2.26 .2.27 ,2.28 .2.29 ,2.30 ,2.31 .2.32 .2.33 .2.34 .2.35 .2.36 .2.37 .2.38 .2.39 .2.40 .2.41 .2.42 ,2.43 ,2.44 .2.45 .2.46 .2.47 .2.48 .2.49 .2.50 .2.51 ,2.52 ,2.53 ,2.54 .2.55 .2.56 .2.57 .2.58 Stylo à b i l l e , noir Stylo à b i l l e , rouge Stylo à bille roulante Stylo à bille roulante Stylo à bille roulante Stylo à encre Jeu de stylo feutre à pointe fine Jeu de stylo feutre à pointe moyenne Jeu de stylo feutre à pointe l a r g e Jeu de marqueurs Jeu de c r a i e s Jeu de crayons de couleur Taille - crayon, petit Taille - c r a y o n , p l a s t i q u e Taille - crayon de table Taille-mines Gomme - douce Gomme - deux cotes Gomme - dure Gomme - p l a s t i q u e Grattoir Crayon-gomme Tampon encreur Encre à tampon, noire Encre à tampon, rouge Timbre d a t e u r Timbre numéroteur Porte-timbres Jeu de pinceaux pour l ' a q u a r e l l e Jeu de pinceaux pour la peinture Jeu de pinceaux pour la peinture à l ' h u i l e Palette Boite d ' a q u a r e l l e s Boite de tubes de peintures Blanc de zinc Bombe aérosol de peinture Boite de tubes de peinture à l ' h u i l e Materiel de peinture à l ' h u i l e Chevalet de peintres Ensemble d ' a r g i l e à modeler Plâtre Trousse d'impression lino Trousse de coloration b a t i k Jeu d ' é t i q u e t t e s auto-collantes Jeu d ' é t i q u e t t e s de couleur Etiquettes de lettres Etiquettes de chiffres Feuilles auto-collantes Classeurs Repertoire alphabétique A-Z Repertoire, journalier 1-31 -207- T3 T3 are cr pi TO I-i 3 i—' o I n oy—' P) cr a o TO I-i a pi' 3 i— i-*-1 TO a > <—* p, P OQ ni i—' i—i P U" 3 i"! TO c X) O * TO C TO P ¡2 «i 3 TO» Qj 3" g TO P P/ C PL l-S TO TO a a o o f-i TO f i TO 3 2 P 1 P 3 en en ^ 3 1-h • * , TO TO en a i 3" 3" a a P P P) 3 3 PO PO P) P) TO»TO»C C 3 3 cr cr DO 03 TO TO en en TO 3 3 cr o r+ 1-Í O l-S o c •d i-s C 3 3 cr c<•+ TO "I 3 3 oinui CO-P-. t o r-i O i-i O r-i i-h >-h r-i TO o TO I ^ £ T3 r r j P P P I pj/T) C P X C P TO " i"! 11 i-í o c n S-3 3 if 3 3 t° P o u¡ri t^i o o n 3 3 3 TO TO*C) X ) hj Hen CTO TO M. P' a> TO i-i OQ 3 3 I i-S c P P en er> TO TO TO C C en TO TO i-S TO^OQ OQ OQ " H O > > > no - 0 " ^ O O O r 1 en en . TO en TO P.T3 p " ?3; TO £' n TO X) w 3 T ) PO H - TON p p p p p o o o o o n TO Xi 3" O 3 TO» (T> •—' ST TO» X , I P £ 3 £ a i-S TO OQ X> I P TO i-S P TO c r cr c •-s c a 3 H' r+ i"S p 1-Í TO l-S C L TO TO TO TO en *"^} I - T ) I - T p p p TO» TO» i-s 1-1 £ £ C C OQ OQ P P 3 3 CL CL ni> ro ^r0 4 ^ C/l 4 ^ U I > > > > p 3 3 3 3 O O O O i-S i-i i-S i-S I-Tj c c •tí o 3" 3" 3" 3 g en TO 9 f í TO TO TO TO * K p+ i-S i-i i-S i-S r+ 3 O O ^ M- 2^ TO g „ „ v. . C PO 00 CO T I no en t-* O 01 ¡ - 1 TO o o o o o o o o g ^ û œ v l ( ^ u l ^ u ^ o H 0 ^ ^ 0 3 v l C J ^ L ^ ^ u ^ ) H O l £ a ) v ^ c ^ u ^ ^ u ^ ) H UIUIUIUIUIUIUIUIUILHUIUIUIUIUIUIUIUIUILHUIUIUIUIU^ roui roui 115.2.109 115.2.110 115.2.111 115.2.112 115.2.113 115.2.114 115.2.115 115.2.116 115.2.117 115.2.118 115.2.119 115.2.120 115.2.121 115.2.122 115.2.123 115.2.124 115.2.125 115.2.126 115.2.127 115.2.128 115.2.129 115.2.130 115.2.131 115.2.132 115.2.133 115.2.134 115.2.135 115.2.136 115.2.137 115.2.138 115.2.139 115.2.140 115.2.141 115.2.142 115.2.143 115.2.144 115.2.145 115.2.146 115.2.147 115.2.148 115.2.149 115.2.150 115.2.151 115.2.152 115.2.153 115.2.154 115.2.155 115.2.156 115.2.157 115.2.158 115.2.159 Ruban de bordage Colle universelle Colle à usage multiple Baton de colle à p a p i e r Colle à p a p i e r liquide Colle-caoutchouc Recharge de colle-caoutchouc Colle à deux composants Jeu de b r a c e l e t s élastiques en caoutchouc Ficelle - épaisse Ficelle - mince Cutter à blocage de lame - sections cassables Couteau u n i v e r s e l - lames de rechange Enveloppes commerciales - format C6 Enveloppes commerciales - format E65 Enveloppes p a r avion Enveloppes renforcée - format C5 Enveloppes renforcée - format C4 Sachets pour échantillons 125 x 290 mm Sachets pour échantillons 250 x 425 mm Pochettes rembourrées 120 x 250 mm Pochettes rembourrées 260 x 400 mm Eponge Humecteur Boites en carton 350 x 250 x 250 mm Boites en carton 480 x 330 x 240 mm Balance Pèse-lettres Balance à colis Crobeille à courrier en long Corbeille à courrier en l a r g e Bloc c l a s s e u r Casier pour formulaires Boite de classement Collecteur pour publications Trieur Boite d ' a r c h i v e s Boite de fichier, format A5 Boite de fichier, format A6 Repertoire a l p h a b é t i q u e de c a r t e s , A5 Repertoire alphabétique de c a r t e s , A6 Repertoire numérique de c a r t e s , A5 Repertoire numérique de c a r t e s , A6 Cartes l i g n é e s , A5 Cartes l i g n é e s , A6 Système de controle des stocks Dossiers s u s p e n d u s , A4 Dossiers s u s p e n d u s , folio Corbeille à dossiers suspendus Chariot à dossiers suspendus Classeur v e r t i c a l pour format A4 -209- 115-2.160 115.2.161 115.2.162 C l a s s e u r v e r t i c a l p o u r format Dossier s u s p e n d u à r a i l Rail p o u r d o s s i e r s s u s p e n d u s II5.3. 1 II5.3. 2 II5.3. 3 II5.3. 4 115.• 3 5 115..3 6 115.• 3 7 115.• 3 8 115..3 9 115..3 10 115..3 11 115..3 12 115..3 13 115..3 14 115..3 15 115..3 16 115..3 17 115.3.18 II5.3.19 I I 5 . 3 20 I I 5 . 3 21 I I 5 . 3 22 Machine à é c r i r e m a n u e l l e p o r t a t i v e , a n g l a i s e 240 mm Machine à é c r i r e m a n u e l l e p o r t a t i v e , a n g l a i s e 330 mm Machine à é c r i r e m a n u e l l e p o r t a t i v e , f r a n ç a i s e 240 mm Machine à é c r i r e m a n u e l l e p o r t a t i v e , f r a n ç a i s e 330 mm Machine à é c r i r e m a n u e l l e p o r t a t i v e , s p e c i a l e 240 mm Machine à é c r i r e m a n u e l l e p o r t a t i v e , s p e c i a l e 330 mm Machine à é c r i r e m a n u e l l e de b u r e a u , a n g l a i s e 330 mm Machine â é c r i r e m a n u e l l e de b u r e a u , a n g l a i s e 380 mm Machine à é c r i r e m a n u e l l e de b u r e a u , a n g l a i s e 460 mm Machine à é c r i r e m a n u e l l e de b u r e a u , f r a n ç a i s e 330 mm Machine à é c r i r e m a n u e l l e de b u r e a u , f r a n ç a i s e 380 mm Machine à é c r i r e m a n u e l l e de b u r e a u , f r a n ç a i s e 460 mm Machine à é c r i r e m a n u e l l e de b u r e a u , s p e c i a l e 330 mm Machine à é c r i r e m a n u e l l e de b u r e a u , s p e c i a l e 380 mm Machine à é c r i r e m a n u e l l e de b u r e a u , s p e c i a l e 46O mm Machine à é c r i r e é l e c t r o n i q u e , a n g l a i s e 360 mm Machine à é c r i r e é l e c t r o n i q u e , f r a n ç a i s e 360 mm Machine à é c r i r e é l e c t r o n i q u e , s p e c i a l e 360 mm Machine à é c r i r e é l e c t r o n i q u e , a n g l a i s e 420 mm Machine à é c r i r e é l e c t r o n i q u e , f r a n ç a i s e 420 mm Machine à é c r i r e é l e c t r o n i q u e , s p e c i a l e 420 mm Machine à é c r i r e m a n u e l l e de b u r e a u a n g l a i s e , grands caracteres Machine à é c r i r e m a n u e l l e de b u r e a u f r a n ç a i s e , grands caracteres Machine à é c r i r e m a n u e l l e de b u r e a u s p e c i a l e , grands caracteres Ruban pour machine à é c r i r e , noir Ruban pour machine à é c r i r e , r o u g e / n o i r Ruban p o u r m a c h i n e à é c r i r e en c a r t o u c h e , n o i r Liquides correcteurs Bande de p a p i e r c o r r e c t e u r F e u i l l e s de p a p i e r c o r r e c t e u r Ruban de c o r r e c t i o n B â t o n n e t s à n e t t o y e r des c a r a c t e r e s de m a c h i n e à é c r i r e Papier carbone à machine P a p i e r c a r b o n e à main Support p o u r m a n u s c r i t Support électrique pour manuscrit Lampe de b u r e a u à f l u o r e s c e n t e Lampe de b u r e a u à i n c a n d e s c e n c e Table pour machine à écrire Magnétophone de poche Machine à d i c t e r - t r a n s c r i p t i o n II5.3.23 II5.3.24 115. 115. 115. 115. 115. 115. 115. 115. 115. 115. 115. 115. 115. 115. 115. 115. 115. 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 -210- folio 115.3.42 115.3.43 115.3-44 115.3.45 115.3.46 115.3.47 115.3-48 115.3-48A 115.3.49 115-3.49A 115.3.50 115.3-50A 115.3.51 115.3-51A 115-3.51B II5.3.5IC 115.3.52 115.3-52A 115.3-52B II5.3.52C 115.3.52D 115.3.52E Micro-cassette Machine de transcription Calculatrice de poche - s t a n d a r d Calculatrice de poche - solaire Calculatrice de poche - scientifique Calculatrice de poche - programmable Calculatrice imprimante Rouleaux de papier (pour c a l c u l a t r i c e 115.3.48) Calculatrice de bureau Rouleaux de p a p i e r (pour c a l c u l a t r i c e 115.3.49) Lecteur de microfiche Lampe pour lecteur de microfiche Lecteur de microfiche - imprimante Ampoule pour lecteur de microfiche - imprimante Papier pour lecteur de microfiche - imprimante Toner (pour 115.3.51 ) Duplicateur de microfiche Lampe pour duplicateur de microfiche Pellicule positive Pellicule negative Bande de t i t r e , blanche Bande de t i t r e , noire 115.4.1 115.4.2 115.4.3 115.4-4 115.4.5 115.4.6 115.4.7 115.4.8 115.4.9 115.4.10 115.4.11 115.4.12 115.4.13 115.4.14 115.4.15 115.4-16 115.4.17 115.4.18 115.4.19 115.4.20 115.4.21 115.4.22 115.4.23 115.4.24 115.4.25 Jeu de compas Jeu de compas avec b a l u s t r e automatique Compas à verge Boite de compas - petite , Boite de compas - moyenne Règle en bois Règle en p l a s t i q u e , 300 mm Règle en p l a s t i q u e , 500 mm Té à dessin - 500 mm Té à dessin - 700 mm Echelle de reduction t r i a n g u l a i r e , A Echelle de reduction t r i a n g u l a i r e , B Echelle de reduction t r i a n g u l a i r e , C Règle souple Decametre à r u b a n Mètre à ruban Mètre p l i a n t Equerre, 90-60-30 Equerre, 90-45-45 Equerre réglable Rapporteur Pistolets courbes Gabarit pour cercles Gabarit pour rayons - 500 mm Gabarit pour rayons - 40 mm -211- .4.26 ,4.27 .4.28 .4-29 .4-30 .4.3I .4.32 .4.33 .4.34 ,4.35 .4-36 ,4-37 ,4-38 .4.39 .4.40 .4.41 ,4.42 .4.43 .4.44 .4.45 .4-46 .4.47 ,4.48 .4.49 .4.50 .4.51 .4-52 • 4.53 .4.54 • 4-55 .4.56 .4.57 .4.58 .4-59 .4.6O .4.6I .4.62 .4-63 .4-64 .4.65 .4.66 .4.67 .4.68 .4.69 .4.70 .71 .4.72 ,4-72A .4.73 .4.74 ,4.75 Gabarit pour t r i a n g l e s Gabarit pour c a r r é s Gabarit pour formes combinées Gabarit - quadrographe Gabarit pour ellipses isométriques Gabarit pour ellipses diamétriques Gabarit de flèches Gabarit de genie civil Gabarits de symboles électriques Gabarit de courbes des sinus Gabarit de symboles électroniques Gabarit de symboles mécaniques Gabarit pour a r r o n d i s et écrous Papier à dessin, A4 Papier à dessin, A3 Papier à dessin en rouleau Papier calque, A4 Papier calque, A3 Papier calque en rouleau Papier millimètre, A4 Papier millimètre, A5 Papier millimètre en rouleau Papier à dessin q u a d r i l l é , A4 Papier à dessin q u a d r i l l é , A3 Papier à dessin perspective, A4 Papier à dessin perspective, A3 Papier logarithmique simple Papier logarithmique double Film t r a n s p a r e n t à dessin, A4 Film t r a n s p a r e n t à dessin, A3 Film t r a n s p a r e n t à dessin en rouleaux Couverture p l a s t i q u e Film plastique Jeu de stylets Sous-main de découpe Poids à dessin Brosse à poussière Planche à écrire Planche à dessin, A4 Planche à dessin, A3 Tête à dessiner Table lumineuse Appareil à dessiner Planche à dessin de t a b l e , A2 Planche à dessin de t a b l e , Al Machine à dessiner d'enseignement Machine à dessiner professionnelle Accessoire pour dessin isométrique Pince à dessin Support mural â dessins Support pour dessins sur console -212- 5.4 • 76 ;.4 77 ;.4 7 8 • 79 i.4 ,80 5.4. 81 5.4 ,82 5.4 ,83 5.4 ,84 5.4 .85 5.4 .86 5.4 87 i.4 ,88 5.4 .89 5.4 90 5.4 .91 5.4 .92 5.4 .93 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 • 94 • 95 • 96 • 97 • 98 • 99 ,100 .101 .102 .103 .104 .105 .106 .107 .108 .109 .110 .111 .112 .113 .114 • 115 .116 .117 .118 .119 .120 .121 .121A .122 .122A .122B .122C Support pour dessins sur pieds Armoire â d e s s i n s Jeu de 3 s t y l o s à d e s s i n à l ' e n c r e Jeu de 8 s t y l o s à d e s s i n à l ' e n c r e E n c r e de c h i n e L i q u i d e de n e t t o y a g e Coupelle p o u r n e t t o y a g e de p l u m e s à l ' e n c r e T r a c e - l e t t r e s d r o i t e s , p l e i n , 1,8 mm T r a c e - l e t t r e s d r o i t e s , p l e i n , 2 , 5 mm T r a c e - l e t t r e s d r o i t e s , p l e i n , 3,5 mm T r a c e - l e t t r e s d r o i t e s , p l e i n , 5,0 mm T r a c e - l e t t r e s d r o i t e s , p l e i n , 7,0 mm T r a c e - l e t t r e s d r o i t e s , p l e i n , 10,0 mm T r a c e - l e t t r e s d r o i t e s , p l e i n , 14,0 mm T r a c e - l e t t r e s d r o i t e s , p l e i n , 20,0 mm T r a c e - l e t t r e s p e n c h é s , p l e i n 1,8 mm T r a c e - l e t t r e s p e n c h é s , p~T<"'~ l e i n , 2 , 5 mm T r a c e - l e t t r e s p e n c h é s , p l e i n , 3,5 mm T r a c e - l e t t r e s p e n c h é s , p l e i n . 5,0 mm T r a c e - l e t t r e s p e n c h é s , p l e i n , 7,0 mm T r a c e - l e t t r e s p e n c h é s , p l e i n , 10,0 mm T r a c e - l e t t r e s p e n c h é s , p l e i n , 14,0 mm T r a c e - l e t t r e s p e n c h é s , p l e i n , 20,0 mm Gabarit pour l'écriture C a r a c t è r e s à t r a n s f é r e r e x t r a l é g è r e s , 28 p o i n t s C a r a c t è r e s à t r a n s f é r e r e x t r a l é g è r e s , 36 p o i n t s points C a r a c t è r e s à t r a n s f é r e r e x t r a l é g è r e s , 42 n¿. pv. C a r a c t è r e s à t r a n s f é r e r m o y e n n e s , 28 p o i n t s C a r a c t è r e s à t r a n s f é r e r m o y e n n e s , 36 p o i n t s C a r a c t è r e s à t r a n s f é r e r m o y e n n e s , 42 poin points C a r a c t è r e s à t r a n s f é r e r t r a ç a g e , 36 p o i n t s C a r a c t è r a£ r=.v=.^+àre =s à t r a n s f é r e r t r a ç a g e , 42 p o i n t s C a r a c t è r e s a t r a n s f é r e r i t a l i q u e s , 28 p o i n t s C a r a c t è r e s àa. t r a n s f é r e r i t a l i q u e s , 36 p o i n t s C a r a c t è r e s à t r a n s f é r e r i t a l i q u e s , 42 p o i n t s C r a^cLt ^è .r.e. ^s à t r a n s f é r e r g r a s , 28 p o i n t s v ^am C a r a c t è r e s à t r a n s f é r e r g r a s , 36 p o i n t s C a r a c t è r e s à t r a n s f é r e r g r a s , 42 p o i n t s Lignes à t r a n s f é r e r Symboles à t r a n s f é r e r Fleches à t r a n s f é r e r Cercles avec chiffres à t r a n s f é r e r Instrument à transfert Trame f e u i l l e s - 50 % à t r a n s f é r e r Trame f e u i l l e s - 70 % à t r a n s f é r e r A p p a r e i l de c o m p o s i t i o n Bande d ' é c r i t u r e t r a n s p a r e n t e A p p a r e i l à é t i q u e t e r 6 et 9 mm Bande à é t i q u e t e r , 6 mm, b l e u e Bande à é t i q u e t e r , 6 mm, n o i r e B a n d e à é t i q u e t e r , 6 mm, r o u g e -213- 115 115 115 115 115 115 115.4 115.4 115.4 115.4 115.4 115.4 115 115 115 115 115 115 115 115 115 115 115 115 115 115 115 115 115 115 115 115 115 115 115 115 122D 122E 122F 122G 122H 123 123A 123B 123C 123D 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 144A 144B 144C 144D 145 II5.5.I 115-5.2 115.5.3 115.5.4 115.5.5 115.5.6 115.5-7 115.5.8 115.5.9 115.5.10 115.5.11 Bande à é t i q u e t e r , 6 mm, v e r t e Bande à é t i q u e t e r , 9 mm, b l e u e Bande à é t i q u e t e r , 9 mm, n o i r e Bande à é t i q u e t e r , 9 mm, r o u g e Bande à é t i q u e t e r , 9 mm, v e r t e A p p a r e i l à é t i q u e t e r 9 et 12 mm Bande à é t i q u e t e r , 12 mm, b l e u e Bande à é t i q u e t e r , 12 mm, n o i r e Bande à é t i q u e t e r , 12 mm, r o u g e Bande à é t i q u e t e r , 12 mm, v e r t e P l a q u e t t e s i n d i c a t r i c e s WC P l a q u e t t e s i n d i c a t r i c e s hommes Plaquettes i n d i c a t r i c e s dames Plaquettes indicatrices handicapes Plaquettes indicatrices entrée Plaquettes indicatrices sortie Plaquettes indicatrices poussez Plaquettes indicatrices tirez Plaquettes indicatrices parking Plaquettes indicatrices vestiaire Plaquettes indicatrices ascenseur Plaquettes indicatrices téléphone Plaquettes indicatrices reserve au personnel Plaquettes indicatrices lavabo Plaquettes indicatrices eau Plaquettes indicatrices poubelle P l a q u e t t e s i n d i c a t r i c e s fleche à g a u c h e P l a q u e t t e s i n d i c a t r i c e s fleche à d r o i t e P l a q u e t t e s i n d i c a t r i c e s fleche en h a u t P l a q u e t t e s i n d i c a t r i c e s fleche en b a s Machine p o u r e t i q u e t t e s a u t o c o l l a n t e s Bande à é t i q u e t e r - 19 mm, b l e u e Bande à é t i q u e t e r - 19 mm, n o i r e Bande à é t i q u e t e r - 19 mm, r o u g e Bande à é t i q u e t e r - 19 mm, v e r t e Porte-plaque Tableau noir à c r a i e Tableaux noir à craie à surface métallique Tableau noir à c r a i e sur c h e v a l e t Jeu d ' i n s t r u m e n t s pour t a b l e a u à c r a i e Craie - blanche Craie - couleurs Frottoir nettoyeur de t a b l e a u à c r a i e Chevalet de conférence pour blocs p a p i e r Bloc p a p i e r pour chevalet de conférence Jeu de marqueurs feutre Jeu de symboles magnétiques -214- .5-12 .5-13 .5.14 .5-15 .5.I6 .5.17 .5-18 .5.19 .5.20 • 5.21 .5.22 .5.23 .5.24 .5.25 .5.26 .5.27 .5-28 .5.29 .5.30 .5-31 .5.32 .5.33 .5.34 • 5-35 • 5-36 .5.37 .5-38 .5.39 .5.40 .5-41 • 5-42 .5.43 .5-44 • 5-45 .5.46 .5.47 .5.48 .5.49 • 5-50 .5-51 .5-52 115.6.1 II5.6.1A 115.6.2 II5.6.2A 115-6.2B II5.6.2C Feuilles magnétiques Jeu de marqueurs feutres pour tableau blanc Tampon de nettoyage Boutons magnétiques Chevalet de conférence avec tableau blanc Tableau blanc Panneau de p l a n n i n g semainier - 1-53 Panneau de p l a n n i n g annuel - Jan-Dec Tableau flanelle Tableau p l a n n i n g Tableau d'affichage Armoire à clés Porte-étiquette pour clés Table de dossiers roulante Armoire g a r d e - r o b e Armoire de b u r e a u Caisse portative Coffre à clef pour objets de valeur Coffre fort Destructeur de documents Lampe de b u r e a u Lampe de b u r e a u fluorescente Lumière et loupe combinées Bureau d ' a n g l e Bureau Bibliothèque Armoire Etagère de b u r e a u Chaise de b u r e a u Fauteuil de b u r e a u Chaise d ' é t u d i a n t Chaise - superposables Chaise avec tablette Chaise pour salles de conférence Tabouret Bureau individuel d ' é t u d i a n t Bureau d ' é t u d i a n t - double Table pliante portative Table pour salle de conférence Armoire de conférence Miroir avec c a d r e Petite photocopieuse Toner (pour 115-6.1) Photocopieuse - moyenne Toner (pour 115.6.2) Jeu de pieces de rechange et d ' e n t r e t i e n (pour 115-6.2) Piédestal pour photocopieuse de t a i l l e moyenne -215- 115. 6 .3 115. 6 • 3A 115. 6 .3B 115. 6 .3C 115. 6 • 4 115. 6 • 4A 115. 6 • 4B 115. 6 • 5 115. 6 • 5A 115. 6 • 5B 115. 6 .6 115. 6 .7 115. 6 .8 115. 6 .9 115. 6 .10 115. 6 .11 115. 6 .12 115. 6 .13 115. 6 .13A 115.6.14 115.6.14A 115. 6.15 115. 6.16 115.6.17 115.6.18 115 6.19 115 6 20 115 6 21 115 6 22 115 6 23 115 6 24 115 6 24A 115 6 24 B 115 6 24C 115 6 24D 115 6 24E 115 6 25 115 6 25A 115 6 25 B 115 6 26 115 6 26A 115 6 26 B 115 6 26C 115 6 27 115 6 27A 115 6 27B 115 6 28 115 6 29 115 6 30 115 6. 31 115 6, 32 P h o t o c o p i e u s e de g r a n d e t a i l l e Toner ( p o u r 115.6.3) Jeu de p i e c e s de r e c h a n g e et d ' e n t r e t i e n ( p o u r 115-6.3) P i é d e s t a l p o u r p h o t o c o p i e u s e de g r a n d e t a i l l e Photocopieuse - g r a n d e t a i l l e avec t r i e u s e Toner ( p o u r 115.6.4) Jeu de p i e c e s de r e c h a n g e et d ' e n t r e t i e n ( p o u r 115.6.4) Photocopieuse - g r a n d e t a i l l e , g r a n d e vitesse Toner ( p o u r 115.6.5) Jeu de p i e c e s de r e c h a n g e et d ' e n t r e t i e n ( p o u r 115-6.5) E t i q u e t t e s d ' a d r e s s e s p o u r p h o t o c o p i e u s e , 70x36 mm E t i q u e t t e s d ' a d r e s s e s p o u r p h o t o c o p i e u s e , 105x36 mm T r a n s p a r e n t s pour photocopieuse, c l a i r s T r a n s p a r e n t s pour photocopieuse, bleus T r a n s p a r e n t s pour photocopieuse, rouges T r a n s p a r e n t s pour photocopieuse, verts T r a n s p a r e n t s pour photocopieuse, j a u n e s Machine à h e l i o g r a p h i e r à l ' a m m o n i a q u e •Révélateur Machine à h e l i o g r a p h i e r à l ' a m m o n i a q u e , p r o f e s s i o n n e l l e Révélateur P a p i e r h ê l i o g r a p h i q u e à l ' a m m o n i a q u e , 30 m, n o i r P a p i e r h é l i o g r a p h i q u e à l ' a m m o n i a q u e , 30 m, b l e u P a p i e r h é l i o g r a p h i q u e à l ' a m m o n i a q u e , 50 m, n o i r P a p i e r h é l i o g r a p h i q u e à l ' a m m o n i a q u e , 50 m, b l e u Duplicateur à l'alcool, manuel Duplicateur à l'alcool, électrique Stencils hectographiques à l ' a l c o o l Liquide pour duplicateur à l'alcool F l u i d e de c o r r e c t i o n p o u r d u p l i c a t e u r à l ' a l c o o l G r a v e u r é l e c t r o n i q u e de s t e n c i l s Stencils électroniques pour g r a n d s t i r a g e s Stencils électroniques pour petits t i r a g e s Stylets pour g r a v e u r électronique Filtre au carbone pour coupe-stencils F l u i d e de c o r r e c t i o n p o u r s t e n c i l s é l e c t r o n i q u e s Duplicateur à stencil Encre p o u r d u p l i c a t e u r à s t e n c i l s - n o i r e Encre pour d u p l i c a t e u r à stencils - rouge Stencils pour machine à é c r i r e F l u i d e de c o r r e c t i o n p o u r s t e n c i l s de m a c h i n e à é c r i r e Stylet p o u r l ' é c r i t u r e s u r l e s s t e n c i l s Sous-main p o u r s t e n c i l s A p p a r e i l de r e p r o d u c t i o n offset Unité de développement p o u r a p p a r e i l de r e p r o d u c t i o n offset A p p a r e i l à d é v e l o p p e r l e s p l a q u e s offset m é t a l l i q u e s Clicheur M a t r i c e en p a p i e r - g r a n d s t i r a g e s Matrice en p a p i e r - t i r a g e s moyens Matrice en p a p i e r - p e t i t s t i r a g e s Toner p o u r c l i c h e u r -216- 115.6.33 115.6.34 115.6.35 115.6.36 115.6.37 115.6.38 115.6.39 115.6.40 115.6.41 115.6.42 115.6.43 115.6.44 115.6.45 115.6.46 R é v é l a t e u r de p l a q u e Graveur à plaque I m p r i m a n t e offset I m p r i m a n t e offset à h a u t r e n d e m e n t Solution d e m o u i l l a g e Encre offset, n o i r e E n c r e offset, v e r t e E n c r e offset, b l e u e E n c r e offset, r o u g e Diluant pour vernis Epaississeur pour vernis L a v a g e de b l a n c h e t s et r o u l e a u x R é g é n é r a t e u r de b l a n c h e t s L i q u i d e à n e t t o y e r les m a i n s 115. 115. 115. 115. 115. II5.7 115.7 II5.7.8 115..7 9 115..7 10 II5.7.II II5.7.I2 II5.7.I3 II5.7.I4 115..7 15 115..7 16 115..7 17 115..7 18 115..7 19 115..7 20 115..7 21 115..7 22 115..7 23 115..7 24 115..7 25 115.7.25A 115, .26 115, .26A 115. .26B 115. .26C 115. .27 115, .27A II5.7.28 P a p i e r p o u r m a c h i n e à é c r i r e - 45 grammes P a p i e r p o u r m a c h i n e à é c r i r e - 70 grammes P a p i e r p o u r m a c h i n e à é c r i r e - 80 grammes Papier pour duplicateur, blanc P a p i e r p o u r d u p l i c a t e u r , rose Papier pour duplicateur, jaune-clair Papier pour duplicateur, vert-clair Papier pour duplicateur, bleu-clair P a p i e r p o u r p h o t o c o p i e u s e , A4 P a p i e r p o u r p h o t o c o p i e u s e , A3 P a p i e r o f f s e t , 70 grammes P a p i e r o f f s e t , 85 grammes P a p i e r o f f s e t , 100 grammes P a p i e r o f f s e t , 120 grammes Papier universel P a p i e r de c o u l e u r , rose P a p i e r de c o u l e u r , j a u n e - c l a i r P a p i e r de c o u l e u r , v e r t - c l a i r P a p i e r de c o u l e u r , b l e u - c l a i r Petit massicot Massicot s u r p i e d s Rogneuse à p a p i e r Perforateur réglable Perforateur automatique Pince a g r a f e u s e A g r a f e s - 6 mm Pistolet a g r a f e u r A g r a f e s - 4 mm A g r a f e s - 8 mm A g r a f e s - 14 mm A g r a f e u s e - g r a n d modèle A g r a f e s - 10 mm A g r a f e u s e é l e c t r i q u e a u t o m a t i q u e - 3 mm -217- 7.29 1.29k 7.29B 7-30 7.30A 7-30B 7-31 7.31A 7-32 7-32A 7-32B 7-32C 7-32D 7-32E 7.32F 7.32G 7-32H 7.321 7-32J 7-32K 7.32L 7.33 7.33A 7-33B 7-33C 7.33D 7.33E 7.33F 7-33G 7.33H 7.34 7.34A 7-35 7-35A 7.35B 7.36 7.36A 7.37 7.38 7-39 7.4O 115.8.1 115.8.2 115.8.3 115.8.4 115.8.5 115.8.6 A g r a f e u s e é l e c t r i q u e a u t o m a t i q u e - 16 mm Agrafes - 12 mm A g r a f e s - 16 mm Agrafeuse à g r a n d rendement Agrafes - 15 mm A g r a f e s - 20 mm Brocheuse é l e c t r i q u e à u n e t ê t e A g r a f e s - 18 mm Perfo-relieur P e i g n e s - r e l i u r e s p l a s t i q u e s - 4 , 5 mm P e i g n e s - r e l i u r e s p l a s t i q u e s - 6 mm P e i g n e s - r e l i u r e s p l a s t i q u e s - 8 mm P e i g n e s - r e l i u r e s p l a s t i q u e s - 9 , 5 mm P e i g n e s - r e l i u r e s p l a s t i q u e s - 11 mm P e i g n e s - r e l i u r e s p l a s t i q u e s - 12,5 mm P e i g n e s - r e l i u r e s p l a s t i q u e s - 14 mm P e i g n e s - r e l i u r e s p l a s t i q u e s - 15,5 mm P e i g n e s - r e l i u r e s p l a s t i q u e s - 18 mm P e i g n e s - r e l i u r e s p l a s t i q u e s - 20 mm Feuilles transparentes Feuilles laminées Thermo-relieur électrique C o u v e r t u r e - 1 mm C o u v e r t u r e - 3 mm C o u v e r t u r e - 6 mm C o u v e r t u r e - 9 mm C o u v e r t u r e - 12 mm C o u v e r t u r e - 15 mm C o u v e r t u r e - 18 mm C o u v e r t u r e - 21 mm R e l i e u s e é l e c t r i q u e à colle Colle p o u r r e l i e u s e Machine à l a m i n e r p o u r f e u i l l e s A4 P l i e u s e s p l a s t i q u e s à l a m i n e r , A7 P l i e u s e s p l a s t i q u e s à l a m i n e r , A4 Laminoir à p l a s t i f i e r à rouleau Rouleau de film t r a n s p a r e n t à p l a s t i f i e r Plieuse à papier Petite trieuse Taqueuse Trieuse automatique Serviette Valise Horloge murale Chronomètre Corbeille à papier Sacs en p l a s t i q u e 15 l i t r e s -218- .8.7 .8.8 .8.9 .8.10 .8.11 .8.12 .8.13 .8.14 .8.15 .8.16 .8.17 .8.18 .8.19 .8.20 .8.21 .8.22 .8.23 .8.24 .8.25 .8.26 .8.27 .8.28 .8.29 .8.30 .8.31 .8.32 .8.33 .8.34 .8.35 .8.36 .8.37 .8.38 .8.39 .8.40 .8.41 .8.42 .8.42A .8.43 .8.43A .8.44 .8.45 .8.46 .8.47 .8.48 .8.49 .8.50 .8.51 .8.52 .8.53 .8.54 .8.55 Poubelle à papier Sacs en p l a s t i q u e - 40 l i t r e s Chariot pour sacs en plastique Chariot pour paquets Escabeau à 3 marches Escabeau à 6 marches Trousse de secourisme Brancard Casque de sécurité Casque de sécurité avec masque protecteur Lunettes de protection Protecteurs d ' o r e i l l e s Tampons pour oreilles Gants moyens de protection avec renforcement en plastique Grands g a n t s de protection avec renforcement en plastique Gants moyens de protection Grands g a n t s de protection Chaussures de sécurité Petite combinaison de t r a v a i l Combinaison de t r a v a i l moyenne Grande combinaison de t r a v a i l Ceinture de sécurité Extincteur classe Extincteur B, 2 kg classe Extincteur B, 6 kg classe Extincteur E, 2 kg classe Extincteur classe B, E, 6 kg Détecteur de fumée Réchaud électrique de table - une plaque Réchaud électrique de table - deux plaques Réchaud à pétrole - un b r û l e u r Réchaud à pétrole - deux b r û l e u r s Bouilloire électrique Ouvre-boites Service de table en p l a s t i q u e Lanterne à pétrole - type à pression Manchon en soie Lanterne à pétrole - type sans pression Meches Sac de couchage Tente de couchage Réfrigérateur - 60 l i t r e s Réfrigérateur - 160 l i t r e s Réfrigérateur avec congélateur Boite réfrigérante Glacière Aspirateur Ventilateur de b u r e a u Ventilateur de plafond Climatiseur - 2,5 KWh Climatiseur - 3,2 KWH -219- 115.8.56 115.8.57 115.8.57 A 115.8.58 115.8.59 115.8.60 115.8.61 115.8.62 115.8.63 115.8.64 115.8.65 115.8.66 115.8.67 115.8.68 115.8.69 115.8.70 115.8.71 115.8.72 115.8.73 115.8.74 Radiateur ventilateur Radiateur à pétrole Mèches Torche électrique Groupe électrogêne 300 W Groupe électrogéne 1500 W Stabilisateur de tension - 1000 W Stabilisateur de tension - 2000 W Pile s t a n d a r d type R6 (IEC) Pile alcaline type R6 (IEC) Batterie rechargeable R6 (IEC) Chargeur universel pour b a t t e r i e s Pile s t a n d a r d RU (IEC) Pile alcaline RU (IEC) Batterie rechargeable RU (IEC) Pile s t a n d a r d R20 (IEC) P u e alcaline R20 (IEC) Batterie rechargeable R20 (IEC) Pile s t a n d a r d 6F-22 (IEC) Pile alcaline 6F-22 (IEC) -220- INDICE ESPAÑOL 115.1. 115.1. 115.1. 115.1. 115.1. 115.1. 115.1. 115.1.8 115.1.9 115.1.10 115.1. 11 115.1. 12 115.1. 13 115.1.H 115.1.15 115.1.16 115.1.17 115.1.18 115.1.19 115.1.20 115.1.21 115.1.22 115.1.23 115.1.24 115.1.25 115.1.26 115.1.27 115.1.28 115.1. 29 115.1. 29A 115.1.30 115.1.31 115.1.32 115.1.33 115.1.34 115.1.35 115.1.36 115.1.37 115.1.38 115.1.39 115.1.40 115.1.40A 115.1.41 115.1.41A 115.1.42 115.1.42A 115.1.42B 115.1.42C 115.1.43 115.1.44 115.1.45 115.1.46 115.1.47 (Por o r d e n numerico) Proyector portátil p a r a t r a n s p a r e n c i a s P r o y e c t o r e s t a c i o n a r i o de p r o y e c c i ó n a l t a P r o y e c t o r de p r o y e c c i ó n a l t a con a c c e s o r i o p a r a r o l l o s C a r r o p a r a p r o y e c t o r e s de p r o y e c c i ó n a l t a P r e p a r a d o r de t r a n s p a r e n c i a s Juego de p r e p a r a c i ó n de t r a n s p a r e n c i a s t a m a ñ o medio Juego de p r e p a r a c i ó n de t r a n s p a r e n c i a s t a m a ñ o g r a n d e Transparencias para escribir Transparencias térmicas - transparente Transparencias térmicas - azul T r a n s p a r e n c i a s térmicas - rojo Transparencias térmicas - verde Transparencias térmicas - amarillo Rollo de a c e t a t o Hojas de t r a n s p a r e n c i a s c u a d r i c u l a d a s Marcos de t r a n s p a r e n c i a s Marcos de montaje Marcos de p r e s e n t a c i ó n de t r a n s p a r e n c i a s L a p i c e s de m a r e a j e - p e r m a n e n t e L a p i c e s de m a r e a j e - h i d r o s o l u b l e Borrador p a r a t r a n s p a r e n c i a s Compas p a r a t r a n s p a r e n c i a s Juego de l a p i c e s de m a r e a j e P r o y e c t o r de d i a p o s i t i v a s y b a n d a de p e l í c u l a P r o y e c t o r de d i a p o s i t i v a s Bandeja p a r a diapositivas P r o y e c t o r sonoro p o r t á t i l de d i a p o s i t i v a s P r o y e c t o r sonoro de d i a p o s i t i v a s P r o y e c t o r de d i a p o s i t i v a s de c a r r o u s e l B a n d e j a c a r r o u s e l de d i a p o s i t i v a s I n d i c a d o r luminoso Magnetofono de c a s s e t t e s p o r t á t i l Monturas p a r a d i a p o s i t i v a s Termo-diapositiva Diapositivas negras E s c o b i l l a de d i m p i e z a con f u e l l e Lápiz indicador L i m p i a d o r de p a n t a l l a Proyector opaco C á m a r a de c i n e , s o n o r o , 8 mm P r o y e c t o r de c i n e , s o n o r o , 8 mm C a r r e t e v a c i o p a r a p e l í c u l a de 8 mm P r o y e c t o r de c i n e , 16 mm Objetivo anamórfico P r o y e c t o r de c i n e , 16 mm, con r e g i s t r a d o r C a r r e t e v a c i o p a r a p e l í c u l a de 16 mm, 650 metros C a r r e t e v a c i o p a r a p e l í c u l a de 16 mm, 350 metros C a r r e t e v a c i o p a r a p e l í c u l a de 16 mm, 250 metros Altavoz g r a n d e E m p a l m a d o r a y cemento p a r a p e l í c u l a Juego de r e b o b i n a j e P a n t a l l a de p r o y e c c i ó n - p a r e d / t e c h o P a n t a l l a de p r o y e c c i ó n - p o r t á t i l -221 115.1.48 115.1.49 115.1.50 115.1.50A 115.1.50B II5.I.5OC 115.1.51 115.1.52 115.1.53 115.1.54 115.1.55 115.1.56 II5.1.56A 115.1.57 115.1.58 115.1.59 115.1.60 II5.I.6OA 115.1.61 115.1.61A 115.1.61B II5.I.6IC 115.1.61D 115.1.61E 115.1.61F 115.1.61G 115.1.61H II5.I.6II 115-1.62 115.1.63 115.1.64 115.1.65 115.1.66 115.1.67 115-1.68 115.1.69 115.1.70 115.1.71 115.1.72 115.1.73 115.1.74 115.1.75 115.1.76 115.1.77 115.1.78 115.1.79 115.1.80 115.1.81 115.1.82 115.1.83 Caballete p a r a proyección Carro p a r a proyección Sistema de video cassette color p o r t á t i l Batería Mezclador Microfono, p a r a video Tripode p a r a cámara de video Juego de iluminación p o r t á t i l Video cassette, 60 minutos Video cassette, 120 minutos Video cassette, 180 minutos Grabador de video cassette estacionario Cámara de video Monitor de TV (estacionario) Monitor de TV (portátil) Cámara automatica de vista fija Cámara polaroid Paquetes películas polaroid Camera de vista fija - tipo reflex Juego de p i l a s p a r a cámara de v i s t a fija Filtro, azul-cielo UV Filtro, amarillo Yl Filtro, amarillo Y3 Filtro, n a r a n j a 01 Filtro, rojo Rl Filtro, verde Gl Filtro, g r i s NDY Filtro, gris ND8 Objetivo, g r a n a n g u l a r Teleobjetivo Objetivo zoom 25-50 mm Objetivo zoom 35-70 mm Objetivo zoom 80-200 mm Flash Bolsa p a r a accesorios Tripode Pie de copia Fuelle automatico Objetivo p a r a primer plano Copiador de diapositivas Luz de reflector Película p a r a inversion de color - b a n d a magnetica luz n a t u r a l Película p a r a inversion de color - b a n d a magnetica luz artificial Película blanco/negro, 125 ASA Película blanco/negro, 400 ASA Película color - luz n a t u r a l , 100 ASA Película color - luz n a t u r a l , 400 ASA Película color - luz n a t u r a l , 64-125 ASA Juego basico p a r a cámara obscura Juego p a r a revelado negativos blanco/negro -222- 115-1.84 115.1.85 115.1.86 115.1.87 115.1.88 115.1.89 115.1.90 115.1.91 115.1.92 115.1.93 115.1.94 115.1.95 115.1.96 115-1.96A H5.I.96B 115.1.97 115.1.98 115.1.99 115.1.100 115.1.101 115.1.102 115.1.102A 115-1.103 115.1.103A 115.1.104 115.1.105 115-1.106 115.1.107 115-1.108 115.1.109 115.1.110 115.1.111 115.1.112 115.1.113 Juego p a r a revelado negativos color Juego de revelado inversion color Aparato de musica estereo Radio cassette estereo Magnetofono de cassettes p o r t á t i l Microfono Auriculares Cassettes, 60 minutos Cassettes, 90 minutos Cassettes, 120 minutos Copiadora de cassettes Cassette p a r a desmagnetización Consola p r i n c i p a l de control p a r a laboratorio de idiomas Magnetofono de cassettes p a r a estudiante de lab de idiomas Cabina de estudiante p a r a laboratorio de idiomas Pupitre de conferenciante con sistema de altavoces Sistema de altavoces Tripode p a r a micrófono Micrófono, electrodinámico Amplificador p o r t á t i l Aparato pasadiscos video Disco(s) video Aparato pasadiscos audio d i g i t a l Disco(s) audio d i g i t a l ( e s ) Disco(s) p a r a la enseñanza Audio-cassette(s) p a r a la enseñanza Video-cassettes p a r a la enseñanza Juego(s) de t r a n s p a r e n c i a s OHP p a r a l a enseñanza Juego(s) de d i a p o s i t i v a s p a r a la enseñanza Pelicula(s) de 8 mm color p a r a la enseñanza Pelicula(s) de 8 mm blanco/negro p a r a la enseñanza Pelicula(s) de 16 mm en color p a r a la enseñanza Pelicula(s) de 16 mm blanco/negro p a r a la enseñanza Tiras de película p a r a la enseñanza 115-2.1 115-2.2 115.2.3 115.2.4 115.2.5 115.2.5A 115-2.6 115.2.6A 115.2.7 115.2.8 115.2.9 115.2.10 115.2.11 115.2.12 115.2.13 115.2.14 Juego basico oficina Lapices, mina HB Lapices, mina B Lapices, mina H Lápiz mecánico - 0,5 mm Minas - 0,5 mm Lápiz mecánico - 2 mm Minas - 2 mm Bolígrafo, azul Bolígrafo, negro Bolígrafo, rojo Estilográfica de bola, azul Estilográfica de bola, negro Estilográfica de bola, rojo Pluma fuente Juego de rotuladores de punta de fieltro - fina -223- 115.2.15 115.2.16 115.2.17 115.2.18 115.2.19 115.2.20 115.2.21 115.2.22 115.2.23 115-2.24 115.2.25 115.2.26 115.2.27 115.2.28 115.2.29 115.2.30 115.2.31 115.2.32 115.2.33 115.2.34 115.2.35 115.2.36 115.2.37 115.2.38 115.2.39 115.2.40 115.2.41 115.2.42 115.2.43 115.2.44 115.2.45 115.2.46 115.2.47 115.2.48 115.2.49 115.2.50 115.2.51 115.2.52 115.2.53 115.2.54 115.2.55 115.2.56 115.2.57 115.2.58 115.2.59 115.2.60 115.2.61 115.2.62 115.2.63 115.2.64 115.2.65 115.2.66 Juego de rotuladores de punta de fieltro - media Juego de rotuladores de p u n t a de fieltro - gruesa Juego de marcadores Juego de tizas Juego de lapices de colores Sacapuntas - pequeño Sacapuntas - plastico Sacapuntas - tipo de escritorio Sacapuntas lápiz plomo Borrador - blando Borrador - doble c a r a Borrador - duro Borrador - plastico Cuchilla de borrado Lápiz borrador Almohadilla p a r a sello Tinta p a r a almohadilla - negra Tinta p a r a almohadilla - roja Estampilla de fecha Estampilla de numeración Porta-tampones Juego de pinceles - a c u a r e l a Juego de pinceles - colores p a r a carteles Juego de pinceles - oleo Bandeja p a r a p i n t u r a s Juego de a c u a r e l a s Juego de colores p a r a carteles Blanco de zinc Pintura p a r a p u l v e r i z a r Juego de p i n t u r a s al oleo Juego p a r a p i n t a r al oleo Caballete p a r a pintores Juego de a r c i l l a p a r a modelaje Escayola Juego p a r a impresión lino Juego p a r a tintado b a t i k Juego de etiquetas a u t o - a d h e s i v a s Juego de etiquetas de color Letras-etiquetas Números-etiquetas Hojas auto-adhesivas Archivadores Índice A-Z Índice 1-31 índice 1-52 Aretes de refuerzo Portadocumentos de plastico perforados Carpeta de plastico Archivadores de plastico Archivador de carton Bloc de notas - r a y a d o , A5 Bloc de notas - r a y a d o , A4 -224- 115-2.67 115.2.68 115.2.69 115.2.70 115.2.71 115.2.72 115.2.73 115.2.74 115.2.75 115.2.76 115.2.77 115.2.78 115.2.79 115.2.80 115.2.81 115.2.82 115.2.83 115.2.84 115.2.85 , 115-2.86 115.2.87 115.2.88 115.2.89 115.2.89A 115.2.90 115.2.91 115.2.92 115-2.93 115.2.94 115.2.95 115.2.96 115.2.97 115.2.98 115.2.99 115-2.100 115.2.101 115.2.102 115.2.103 115.2.104 115-2.105 115.2.106 115.2.107 115.2.108 115.2.109 115.2.110 115.2.111 115.2.112 115.2.113 115.2.114 115.2.115 115.2.116 115.2.117 Bloc de notas - c u a d r i c u l a d o , A5 Bloc de notas - c u a d r i c u l a d o , A4 Bloc p a r a t a q u i g r a f í a Bloc de apuntes Cuaderno de ejercicios - r a y a d o , A5 Cuaderno de ejercicios - r a y a d o , A4 Cuaderno de ejercicios - c u a d r i c u l a d o , A5 Cuaderno de ejercicios - c u a d r i c u l a d o , A4 Libro de apuntes Bloc de escritorio Guardaobjetos de escritorio - pequeño Guardaobjetos de escritorio - grande Sujeta-libros Bloc cubico de papel p a r a notas índice telefonico Lupa Cuchilla c o r t a - p a p e l e s Tijeras de oficina - 125 mm Tijeras de oficina - 200 mm J^iego de dedales de goma Perforadora de papel - 2 mm Perforadora de papel - 5 mm Grapadora - pequeña G r a p a s , 6 mm Cosedora Quita-grapas Sujeta-papeles, 25 mm Sujeta-papeles, 45 mm Sujeta-papeles, 80 mm Vasija p a r a sujeta-papeles Pinzas Sujetador de pape y sobre Chincheta Juego de chinchetas p a r a mapa Cinta a d h e s i v a t r a n s p a r e n t e Cinta a d h e s i v a magica Distribuidor de escritorio de cinta adhesiva Distribuidor manual de cinta adhesiva Cinta de t a p a r Cinta p a r a sellaje de cajas Distribuidor de cinta Juego cinta textil Aparato p a r a unir bordes Cinta p a r a unir bordes Pegamento p a r a todo uso Pegamento de aplicación multiple Pegamento p a r a papel - b a r r a Pegamento p a r a papel - esparcible Pegamento de caucho Relleno de pegamento de caucho Pegamento de 2 componentes J u e g ° de b a n d a s e l á s t i c a s -225- 115-2.118 115.2.119 115.2.120 115-2.121 II5.2.I22 115-2.123 115.2.124 115.2.125 115.2.126 115.2.127 115.2.128 115.2.129 115.2.130 115.2.131 115.2.132 115.2.133 115.2.134 115.2.135 115.2.136 115-2.137 115.2.138 115.2.139 115.2.140 115.2.141 115-2.142 115.2.143 115.2.144 115-2.145 115.2.146 115.2.147 115.2.148 115.2.149 115.2.150 115.2.151 115.2.152 115.2.153 115.2.154 115-2.155 115.2.156 115.2.157 115.2.158 115.2.159 115.2.160 115.2.161 115.2.162 Cuerda - gruesa Cuerda - delgada Cuchilla de recorte - de hoja r e t i r able Cuchilla de recorte - pesada Sobres - comerciales, C6 Sobres - comerciales, E65 Sobres - correo aereo Sobres - fuertes, C5 Sobres - fuertes, C4 Bolsas p a r a muestra, 125x290 mm Bolsas p a r a muestra, 250x425 mm Bolsas almohadilladas, 120x250 mm Bolsas almohadilladas, 260x400 mm Esponja Humedecedor Cartones, 350x250x250 mm Cartones, 480x330x240 mm Balanza Pesadora de c a r t a s Pesadora de paquetes Bandeja p a r a escritorio - corta Bandeja p a r a escritorio - l a r g a Armario Bandeja p a r a formularios Caja p a r a g u a r d a r artículos Caja p a r a g u a r d a r información Clasificador Caja archivadora Caja indice t a r j e t a s , A5 Caja indice t a r j e t a s , A6 índice alfabetico t a r j e t a s , A5 índice alfabetico t a r j e t a s , A6 Índice numerico t a r j e t a s , A5 índice numerico t a r j e t a s , A6 Tarjetas - r a y a d a s , A5 Tarjetas - r a y a d a s , A6 Sistema de control de stock Carpetas clasificadoras s u s p e n d i d a s , A4 Carpetas clasificadoras s u s p e n d i d a s , folio Stand p a r a almacenaje de a r c h i v a d o r e s Stand móvil p a r a almacenaje de archivadores Armario a r c h i v a d o r , p a r a A4 Armario a r c h i v a d o r , p a r a folio Clasificadora suspendida p a r a c a r r i l Carril p a r a clasificadoras s u s p e n d i d a s 115.3.1 115.3.2 115.3-3 II5.3.4 Maquina Maquina Maquina Maquina de de de de escribir escribir escribir escribir portátil, portátil, portátil, portátil, -226- manual, manual, manual, manual, inglesa, inglesa, francesa, francesa, 240 mm 330 mm 240 mm 330 mm .3-5 .3-6 .3-7 .3-8 .3-9 .3.10 .3.II .3.12 .3.13 .3.14 • 3.15 .3.I6 .3-17 .3-18 .3.19 .3-20 .3.2I .3-22 .3.25 .3.26 .3.27 .3-28 • 3.29 .3.30 .3-31 • 3-32 .3.33 • 3.34 .3.35 .3.36 • 3.37 .3.38 • 3.39 .3.40 .3.41 .3.42 .3.43 .3.44 • 3.45 .3.46 .3.47 .3.48 • 3.48A • 3.49 Maquina de e s c r i b i r p o r t á t i l , manual, especial, 240 mm Maquina de e s c r i b i r p o r t á t i l , manual, especial, 330 mm Maquina de e s c r i b i r e s t a c i o n a r i a , manual, inglesa, 330 mm Maquina de e s c r i b i r e s t a c i o n a r i a , manual, inglesa, 380 mm Maquina de e s c r i b i r e s t a c i o n a r i a , manual, inglesa, 46O mm Maquina de e s c r i b i r e s t a c i o n a r i a , manual, francesa, 330 mm Maquina de e s c r i b i r e s t a c i o n a r i a , manual, francesa, 380 mm Maquina de e s c r i b i r e s t a c i o n a r i a , manual, francesa, 460 mm Maquina de e s c r i b i r e s t a c i o n a r i a , manual, especial, 330 mm Maquina de e s c r i b i r e s t a c i o n a r i a , manual, especial, 380 mm Maquina de e s c r i b i r e s t a c i o n a r i a , manual, especial, 46O mm Maquina de e s c r i b i r electrónica, i n g l e s a , 360 mm Maquina de e s c r i b i r electrónica, francesa, 360 mm Maquina de e s c r i b i r electrónica, especial, 360 mm Maquina de e s c r i b i r electrónica, i n g l e s a , 420 mm Maquina de e s c r i b i r electrónica, francesa, 420 mm Maquina de e s c r i b i r electrónica, especial, 420 mm Maquina de e s c r i b i r e s t a c i o n a r i a , manual, inglesa l e t r a grande Maquina de e s c r i b i r e s t a c i o n a r i a m a n u a l , f r a n c e s a letra erande Maquina de e s c r i b i r e s t a c i o n a r i a m a n u a l , e s p e c i a l l e t r a grande Cinta de maquina de e s c r i b i r n e g r a Cinta de maquina de e s c r i b i r r o j a / n e g r a Cinta de maquina de e s c r i b i r t i p o c a r t u c h o Juego de liquido corrector Rollo de papel corrector Hojas correctoras Cinta correctora Limpia-letras Papel carbon - mecanografía Papel carbon - e s c r i t u r a a mano Stand p a r a manuscrito Stand p a r a manuscrito - eléctrico Lampara de escritorio - fluorescente . Lampara de escritorio - incandescente Mesa p a r a maquina de e s c r i b i r Magnetofono de bolsillo Dictáfono Microcassette Maquina de t r a n s c r i b i r Calculadora de bolsillo standard Calculadora de bolsillo solar Calculadora de bolsillo científica Calculadora de bolsillo - programable Calculadora - impresora Rollos de papel ( p a r a 115.3-48) Calculadora de oficina • 3.49A .3.50 .3.50A Rollos de p a p e l ( p a r a 115-3.49) Lector de m i c r o f i c h a s Bombilla p a r a l e c t o r de m i c r o f i c h a s .3.23 .3.24 -227- 115- 3- 51 115-3-51A 115-3-51B 115-3.51C 115-3.52 115-3.52A 115-3.52B 115-3.52C H5-3-52D 115-3.52E Lector de m i c r o f i c h a s - i m p r e s o r Bombilla p a r a l e c t o r de m i c r o f i c h a s - i m p r e s o r P a p e l de c o p i a r Pigmento c o l o r a n t e ( p a r a 115-3-50) D u p l i c a d o r de m i c r o f i c h a s Bombillas p a r a d u p l i c a d o r de m i c r o f i c h a s Film p o s i t i v o Film n e g a t i v o Banda-titulo, blanca Banda-titulo, negra 115.4.1 115.4.2 II5.A-3 115.4.4 115.4.5 115.4.6 115.4.7 115.4.8 115.4.9 115-4-10 115-4-11 II5.4.I2 115-4-13 115.4.14 115.4.15 115.4.16 115.4.17 115.4.18 115.4.19 115-4-20 115-4-21 115-4-22 115-4-23 115.4.24 115.4.25 115.4.26 115.4.27 115.4.28 115.4.29 115.4.30 115-4-31 II5.4.32 115-4-33 115-4-34 115-4.35 115-4.36 II5.4.37 115-4.38 II5.4.39 Juego de compases Compas - j u e g o a u t o m a t i c o Compas de b a r a J u e g o de i n s t r u m e n t o s de d i b u j o - p e q u e ñ o Juego de i n s t r u m e n t o s de d i b u j o - t a m a ñ o medio Regla - m a d e r a Regla - p l a s t i c o , 300 mm Regla - p l a s t i c o , 500 mm E s c u a d r a - T , 500 mm E s c u a d r a - T , 700 mm Escala-triangulo, A Escala-triangulo, B Escala-triangulo, C Regla f l e x i b l e C i n t a de medir Regla de medir Regla p l e g a b l e Triangulo"", 90-60-30 T r i a n g u l o , 90-45-45 Triangulo ajustable Goniómetro Plantilla para curvas Plantilla - circuios P l a n t i l l a - r a d i o s , 500 mm P l a n t i l l a - r a d i o s , 40 mm Plantilla - triángulos Plantilla - cuadrados P l a n t i l l a - simbolos c o m b i n a d o s Plantilla - cuadrografo Plantilla - elipses - isometrico Plantilla - elipses - diametrico Plantilla - flechas Plantillas - ingeniería civil Plantillas - ingeniería eléctrica Plantilla - curvas sinusoidales Plantillas - electrónica P l a n t i l l a - simbolos de m e c á n i c a Plantilla - radios y tuercas P a p e l de d i b u j o , A4 -228- .4. 40 .4- 41 • 4 - 42 .4. 43 .4. 44 .4. 45 4.46 .4. 47 .4. 48 49 50 51 52 4.53 4.54 4.55 4.56 .4.57 4.58 4.59 4.60 .4.61 .4.62 4.63 4.64 4.65 4.66 67 68 69 70 • 71 72 72A 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 .80 ,81 .4.82 .4.83 .4.84 • 4.85 .4.86 • 4.87 .4.88 • 4.89 .4.90 P a p e l de d i b u j o , A3 P a p e l de d i b u j o , r o l l o s P a p e l de d i b u j o t r a n s p a r e n t e , A4 P a p e l de d i b u j o t r a n s p a r e n t e , A3 P a p e l de d i b u j o t r a n s p a r e n t e , r o l l o s P a p e l m i l i m e t r a d o , A4 P a p e l m i l i m e t r a d o , A3 Papel milimetrado, rollos P a p e l de d i b u j o c u a d r i c u l a d o , A4 P a p e l de d i b u j o c u a d r i c u l a d o , A3 P a p e l de d i b u j o p e r s p e c t i v a A4 P a p e l de d i b u j o p e r s p e c t i v a A3 Papel logaritmico, sencillo P a p e l l o g a r i t m i c o , doble P e l í c u l a de d i b u j o , A4 P e l í c u l a de d i b u j o , A3 P e l í c u l a de d i b u j o , r o l l o s C u b i e r t a de p l a s t i c o Papel plastico Juego s t y l e t Bloc de c o r t e Peso de d i b u j o Escobilla quitapolvo Tablero p a r a escribir T a b l e r o de d i b u j o , A4 T a b l e r o de d i b u j o , A3 C a b e z a l p a r a goniometro Mesa l i g e r a - d i b u j o Mecanismo de d i b u j o T a b l e r o de d i b u j o - modelo de m e s a , T a b l e r o de d i b u j o - modelo de m e s a , T a b l e r o de d i b u j o - e d u c a c i o n a l T a b l e r o de d i b u j o - uso p r o f e s i o n a l Accesorio i s o m e t r i c o de d i b u j o S u j e t a d o r de d i b u j o Soporte de p a r e d p a r a d i b u j o s Stand p a r a d i b u j o s - c o n s o l a Stand p a r a d i b u j o s - s o b r e s u e l o Armario de d i b u j o 3 j u e g o s de t i n t a de d i b u j o 8 j u e g o s de t i n t a de d i b u j o T i n t a de d i b u j o Liquido limpiador T a z a p a r a l i m p i e z a de t i n t a Plantilla p a r a l e t r a s - tipo vertical Plantilla para letras tipo vertical, Plantilla para letras tipo vertical, Plantilla para letras tipo vertical, tipo vertical, Plantilla para letras tipo vertical, Plantilla para letras Plantilla p a r a letras - tipo vertical Plantilla p a r a letras - tipo vertical -229- A2 Al 1,8 mm 2,5 mm 3,5 mm 5,0 mm 7,0 mm 10,0 mm 14,0 mm 20,0 mm 115 115 115 115 115.4 115.4 115.4 115.4 115.4 115.4 115.4 115.4 115.4 115.4 115.4 115.4 115.4 115.4 115.4 115.4 115.4 115.4 115 115 115 115 115 115.4 115.4 115.4 115.4 115.4 115.4 115 115 115 115 115 115.4 115.4 115.4 115 115 115 115 115.4 115.4 115 115 115 115 115 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 121A 122 122A 122B 122C 122D 122E 122F 122G 122H 123 123A 123B 123C 123D 124 125 126 127 128 129 P l a n t i l l a p a r a l e t r a s - t i p o i n c l i n a d o , 1,8 mm P l a n t i l l a p a r a l e t r a s - t i p o i n c l i n a d o , 2 , 5 mm P l a n t i l l a p a r a l e t r a s - t i p o i n c l i n a d o , 3,5 mm P l a n t i l l a p a r a l e t r a s - t i p o i n c l i n a d o , 5,0 mm P l a n t i l l a p a r a l e t r a s - t i p o i n c l i n a d o , 7,0 mm P l a n t i l l a p a r a l e t r a s - t i p o i n c l i n a d o , 10,0 mm P l a n t i l l a p a r a l e t r a s - t i p o i n c l i n a d o , 14,0 mm P l a n t i l l a p a r a l e t r a s - t i p o i n c l i n a d o , 20,0 mm Plantilla L e t r a s y n ú m e r o s de c a l c o m a n i a e x t r a - l i g e r a s , 28pt L e t r a s y n ú m e r o s de c a l c o m a n i a e x t r a - l i g e r a s , 36pt L e t r a s y n ú m e r o s de c a l c o m a n i a e x t r a - l i g e r a s , 42pt L e t r a s y n ú m e r o s de c a l c o m a n i a e s t i l o medio, 28pt L e t r a s y n ú m e r o s de c a l c o m a n i a e s t i l o medio, 36pt L e t r a s y n ú m e r o s de c a l c o m a n i a e s t i l o medio, 42pt L e t r a s y n ú m e r o s de c a l c o m a n i a t r a z o , 36pt L e t r a s y n ú m e r o s de c a l c o m a n i a t r a z o , 42pt L e t r a s y n ú m e r o s de c a l c o m a n i a i t á l i c a s , 28pt L e t r a s y n ú m e r o s de c a l c o m a n í a i t á l i c a s , 36pt L e t r a s y n ú m e r o s de c a l c o m a n i a i t á l i c a s , 42pt L e t r a s y n ú m e r o s de c a l c o m a n i a e s t i l o c a r g a d o , 28pt L e t r a s y n ú m e r o s de c a l c o m a n i a e s t i l o c a r g a d o , 36pt L e t r a s y números de c a l c o m a n i a e s t i l o c a r g a d o , 42pt L i n e a s de c a l c o m a n i a Símbolos de c a l c o m a n i a F l e c h a s de c a l c o m a n i a C i r c u i o s con n ú m e r o s de c a l c o m a n i a Espátula para calcomanías Hojas de t r a m a de c a l c o m a n i a - 50% Hojas de t r a m a de c a l c o m a n i a - 70% Juego de m a q u i n a de l e t r a j e Cinta t r a n s p a r e n t e P r e n s a de e s t a m p a r en r e l i e v e - 6 y 9 mm C i n t a de e s t a m p a r en r e l i e v e - 6 mm, a z u l C i n t a de e s t a m p a r en r e l i e v e - 6 mm, n e g r a C i n t a de e s t a m p a r en r e l i e v e - 6 mm, r o j a Cinta de e s t a m p a r en r e l i e v e - 6 mm, v e r d e C i n t a de e s t a m p a r en r e l i e v e - 9 mm, a z u l C i n t a de e s t a m p a r en r e l i e v e - 9 mm, n e g r a C i n t a de e s t a m p a r en r e l i e v e - 9 mm, r o j a C i n t a de e s t a m p a r en r e l i e v e - 9 mm, v e r d e P r e n s a de e s t a m p a r en r e l i e v e 9 y 12 mm C i n t a de e s t a m p a r en r e l i e v e - 12 mm, a z u l C i n t a de e s t a m p a r en r e l i e v e - 12 mm, n e g r a C i n t a de e s t a m p a r en r e l i e v e - 12 mm, r o j a C i n t a de e s t a m p a r en r e l i e v e - 12 mm, v e r d e L e t r e r o s , WC Letreros, caballeros Letreros, señoras L e t r e r o s , s i l l o n de r u e d a s Letreros, entrada Letreros, salida -230- 115.4.130 115.4.131 115.4.132 115.4.133 115.4.134 115.4.135 115.4.136 115.4.137 115.4.138 115.4.139 115.4.140 115.4.141 115.4.142 115.4.143 115.4.144 II5.4.I44A 115.4.144B II5.4.I44C H5.4.I44D 115.4.145 Letreros, empuje Letreros, t i r e Letreros, estacionamiento/aparcamiento Letreros, g u a r d a r r o p a Letreros, ascensor Letreros, telefono Letreros, personal solamente Letreros, aseos Letreros, agua Letreros, p a p e l e r a Letreros, flecha-izquierda Letreros, flecha-derecha Letreros, flecha h a c i a a r r i b a Letreros, flecha hacia abajo Maquina de estampado de signos en relieve Cinta p a r a estampado en relieve - 19 mm, azul Cinta p a r a estampado en relieve - 19 mm, negra Cinta p a r a estampado en relieve - 19 mm, roja Cinta p a r a estampado en relieve - 19 mm, verde Sujetador de letrero 115.5.1 115.5.2 115.5.3 115.5.4 115.5.5 115.5.6 115.5.7 115.5.8 115.5.9 115.5.10 115.5.11 115.5.12 115.5.13 115.5.14 115.5.15 115.5.16 115.5.17 115.5.18 115.5.19 115.5.20 115.5.21 115.5.22 115.5.23 115.5.24 115.5.25 115.5.26 115.5.27 115-5.28 115-5.29 P i z a r r a p a r a tiza P i z a r r a con superficie metálica P i z a r r a sobre caballete Juego de instrumentos p a r a p i z a r r a Tiza - b l a n c a Tiza - de color Limpia-pizarra Pupitre de conferenciante con blocs de papel Bloc de p a p e l p a r a pupitre de conferenciante Juego de marcadores de punta de fieltro Juego de símbolos magnéticos Hojas magnéticas Juego de marcadores p a r a tablero blanco Almohadilla limpiadora Botones magnéticos Pupitre de conferenciante con tablero blanco Tablero blanco Tabla de planificación, semanas 1-53 Tabla de planificación, enero-diciembre Tabla recubierta de franela Tablero de planificación Tablero de anuncios Armario p a r a deposito de llaves Placa g u a r d a - l l a v e s Stand p a r a archivador Armario ropero Armario de oficina Caja p a r a pequeños valores Caja fuerte p a r a artículos de valoz -231- 115.5.30 115.5.31 115.5.32 115.5.33 115.5.34 115.5.35 115.5.36 115.5.37 115.5.38 115.5.39 115.5.40 115.5.41 115.5.42 115.5.43 115.5.44 115.5.45 115.5.46 115.5.47 115.5.48 115.5.49 115.5.50 115.5.51 115.5.52 Caja fuerte de seguridad Maquina desfibradora Lampara de escritorio Lampara fluorescente de escritorio Lampara con lupa Mesa de escritorio con mesilla anexa Mesa de escritorio Estantería p a r a libros Armario pequeño Estante de oficina Silla de oficina Silla de oficina con brazo Silla de alumno Silla - apilable Silla con tablero p a r a e s c r i b i r Silla p a r a s a l a de conferencias Banquillo Pupitre de estudiante - sencillo Pupitre de estudiante - doble Mesa - portátil Mesa p a r a s a l a de conferencias Armario p a r a sala de conferencias Espejo - con cuadro 115.6.1 115.6.1A 115.6.2 II5.6.2A II5.6.2B 115.6.2C 115.6.3 115.6.3A II5.6.3B II5.6.3C 115.6.4 II5.6.4A 115.6.4B 115.6.5 115.6.5A 115-6.5B 115.6.6 115.6.7 115.6.8 115.6.9 115.6.10 115.6.11 115.6.12 115.6.13 115.6.13A 115.6.14 Fotocopiadora - pequeña Pigmento colorante ( p a r a 115-6.1) (toner) Fotocopiadora - tamaño medio Pigmento colorante ( p a r a 115-6.2) Juego de piezas de repuesto p a r a servicio (para 115.6.2) Pedestal p a r a fotocopiadora - tamaño medio Fotocopiadora - tamaño g r a n d e Pigmento colorante ( p a r a 115-6.3) Juego de piezas de repuesto p a r a servicio (para 115.6.3) Pedestal p a r a fotocopiadora tamaño grande Fotocopiadora - tamaño g r a n d e con clasificadora Pigmento colorante ( p a r a 115.6.4) Juego de piezas p a r a servicio ( p a r a 115.6.4) Fotocopiadora - tamaño g r a n d e , a l t a velocidad Pigmento colorante ( p a r a 115.6-5) Juego de piezas p a r a servicio ( p a r a 115.6.5) Etiquetas con dirección p a r a fotocopiadora, 70x36 mm Etiquetas con dirección p a r a fotocopiadora, 195x36 mm Transparencias p a r a fotocopiadora, t r a n s p a r e n t e s Transparencias p a r a fotocopiadora, azules Transparencias p a r a fotocopiadora, rojos Transparencias p a r a fotocopiadora, verdes Transparencias p a r a fotocopiadora, amarillos Maquina copiadora de amonia Revelador (para 115-6.13) Centro copiador de amonia -232- 115.6.UA 115.6.15 115.6.16 115.6.17 115.6.18 115.6.19 115.6.20 115.6.21 115.6.22 115.6.23 115.6.24 115.6.24A II5.6.24B II5.6.24C 115.6.24D II5.6.24E 115.6.25 115.6.25A 115.6.25B 115.6.26 115.6.26A 115.6.26B 115.6.26C 115.6.27 115.6.27A 115.6.27B 115.6.28 115.6.29 115.6.30 115.6.31 115.6.32 115.6.33 115.6.34 115.6.35 115.6.36 115.6.37 115.6.38 115.6.39 115.6.40 115.6.41 115.6.42 115.6.43 115.6.44 115.6.45 115.6.46 Revelador ( p a r a 115.6.14) Papel de copia de amonia, 30 m, negro Papel de copia de amonia, 30 m, azul Papel de copia de amonia, 50 m, negro Papel de copia de amonia, 50 m, azul Duplicador a alcohol, manual Duplicador a alcohol, eléctrico P l a n t i l l a s de papel carbonico, alcohol Liquido p a r a duplicador a alcohol Liquido corrector p a r a duplicador a alcohol Cortador electrónico de p l a n t i l l a s Electro-plantillas l a r g a tirada E l e c t r o - p l a n t i l l a s , corta t i r a d a Estiletes p a r a cortador electrónico de p l a n t i l l a s Filtro de carbon p a r a cortador de p l a n t i l l a s Liquido corrector p a r a e l e c t r o - p l a n t i l l a s Multicopista de p l a n t i l l a s Tinta p a r a p l a n t i l l a s , negra Tinta p a r a p l a n t i l l a s , roja P l a n t i l l a s p a r a mecanografia Liquido corrector p a r a p l a n t i l l a s de mecanografia Pluma p a r a p l a n t i l l a s Bloc de p l a n t i l l a s Cámara de proceso Unidad de revelado p a r a cámara de proceso Unidad de revelado p a r a planchas metálicas Maquina de h a c e r p l a n c h a s Planchas de p a p e l , t i r a d a l a r g a Planchas de p a p e l , t i r a d a media Planchas de p a p e l , corta t i r a d a Pigmento p a r a p l a n c h a s Revelador p a r a p l a n c h a s Rabado de p l a n c h a Multicopista offset Multicopista offset - alto rendimiento Liquido mojador Tinta offset, negra Tinta offset, verde Tinta offset, azul Tinta offset, roja Barniz diluyente Barniz espesador Lavado de rodillo y plancha Restaurador de p l a n c h a Limpiamanos 115.7.1 115.7.2 115.7.3 115.7.4 Papel Papel Papel Papel p a r a mecanografia - 45 gm2 p a r a mecanografia - 70 gm2 p a r a mecanografia - 80 gm2 p a r a duplicador -233- .7.5 .7.6 .7.7 .7.8 .7.9 .7.10 .7.11 .7.12 .7.13 .7.I4 .7.15 ,7.16 .7.17 .7.18 .7.19 .7.20 .7.21 .7.22 .7.23 .7.24 .7.25 • 7.25A .7.26 .7.26A 7.26B 7.26C .7. 27 .7. 27A .7. 28 .7. 29 .7. 29A .7. 29B .7. 30 .7. 30A ,7. 30B .7. 31 7.31A .7. 32 .7. 32A .7. 32B .7. 32C .7. 32D .7. 32E .7. 32F .7. 32G .7. 32H .7. 321 7.32J • 7.32K • 7.32L • 7.33 .7.33A P a p e l p a r a m u l t i c o p i s t a de c o l o r , r o s a d o P a p e l p a r a m u l t i c o p i s t a de c o l o r , a m a r i l l o c l a r o P a p e l p a r a m u l t i c o p i s t a de c o l o r , v e r d e c l a r o P a p e l p a r a m u l t i c o p i s t a de c o l o r , a z u l c l a r o P a p e l p a r a m u l t i c o p i s t a , A4 P a p e l p a r a m u l t i c o p i s t a , A3 P a p e l p a r a i m p r e n t a offset, 70 gm2 P a p e l p a r a i m p r e n t a offset, 85 gm2 P a p e l p a r a i m p r e n t a offset, 100 gm2 P a p e l p a r a i m p r e n t a o f f s e t , 120 gm2 P a p e l de uso m u l t i p l e P a p e l de c o l o r , r o s a d o P a p e l de c o l o r , a m a r i l l o c l a r o P a p e l de c o l o r , v e r d e c l a r o P a p e l de c o l o r , a z u l c l a r o Corta-papel - pequeña C o r t a - p a p e l con s o p o r t e R e c o r t a d o r a de p a p e l P e r f o r a d o r a de a g u j e r o s - a j u s t a b l e P e r f o r a d o r a a u t o m a t i c a de a g u j e r o s G r a p a d o r a de p i n z a G r a p a s - 6 mm Pistola grapadora G r a p a s - 4 mm G r a p a s - 8 mm G r a p a s - 14 mm Cosedora g i g a n t e G r a p a s - 10 mm Cosedora e l é c t r i c a a u t o m a t i c a - 3 mm Cosedora e l é c t r i c a a u t o m a t i c a - 16 mm G r a p a s - 12 mm G r a p a s - 16 mm Grapadora G r a p a s - 15 mm G r a p a s - 20 mm Cosedora e l é c t r i c a de un c a b e z a l G r a p a s - 18 mm Aparato p a r a unir bordes Bordes de p l a s t i c o - 4 , 5 mm Bordes de p l a s t i c o - 6 mm Bordes de p l a s t i c o - 8 mm Bordes de p l a s t i c o - 9 , 5 mm Bordes de p l a s t i c o - 11 mm Bordes de p l a s t i c o - 12,5 mm Bordes de p l a s t i c o - 14 mm Bordes de p l a s t i c o - 15,5 mm Bordes de p l a s t i c o - 18 mm Bordes de p l a s t i c o - 20 mm C u b i e r t a s de e n c u a d e r n a m i e n t o t r a n s p a r e n t e s C u b i e r t a s de e n c u a d e r n a m i e n t o l a m i n a d a s T e r m o - u n i d o r de b o r d e s e l é c t r i c o C u b i e r t a - 1 mm -234- 115-7.33B II5.7.33C 115.7.33D 115.7.33E 115.7.33F II5.7.33G 115.7.33H 115.7.34 115-7-34A 115.7.35 115.7.35A 115-7.35B 115.7.36 H5.7.36A 115.7.37 115.7.38 115.7.39 115.7.40 Cubierta - 3 mm Cubierta - 6 mm Cubierta - 9 mm Cubierta - 12 mm Cubierta - 15 mm Cubierta - 18 mm Cubierta - 21 mm Aparato eléctrico de union de bordes con cola Cola p a r a el a p a r a t o unidor de bordes Laminadora p a r a hojas A4 Carpetas de plastico p a r a laminación, A7 Carpetas de p l a s t i c o p a r a laminación, A4 Laminadora p a r a rollos de papel Rollo p a r a material de laminación t r a n s p a r e n t e Maquina plegadora Encolador - pequeño Igulador Encolador automatico 115-8.1 115.8.2 115.8.3 115.8.4 115.8.5 115-8.6 II5.8.7 115-8.8 II5.8.9 115-8.10 115-8.11 115.8.12 115.8.13 115.8.14 115-8.15 115.8.16 115.8.17 115.8.18 115.8.19 115-8.20 115-8.21 115.8.22 115.8.23 115.8.24 115-8.25 115-8.26 115-8.27 115-8.28 115-8.29 115.8.30 115.8.31 Maletin - pequeño Maletin - grande Reloj de p a r e d Cronografo Papelera Bolsas de plastico - 15 litros Papeleras Bolsas de plastico - 40 litros Acarreador de saco de plastico Carretilla t r a n s p o r t a - p a q u e t e s Escalera - 3 escalones Escalera - 6 escalones Botiquin Camilla Casco de protección Casco protector con guarda-ojos Gafas protectoras Protector de orejas Obturadores de oido Guantes protectores con reborde de p l a s t i c o , tamaño medio Guantes protectores con reborde de p l a s t i c o , grandes Guantes protectores, tamaño medio Guantes protectores, tamaño g r a n d e Zapatos de protección Mono, pequeño Mono, mediano Mono, g r a n d e Cinturon de s e g u r i d a d Extinctor de incendios clase A Extinctor de incendios clase A, B, 2 kg Extinctor de incendios clase A, B, 6 ka -235- .8.32 .8.33 .8.34 .8.35 .8.36 .8.37 .8.38 .8.39 .8.40 .8.41 .8.42 .8.42A .8.43 .8.43A .8.44 .8.45 .8.46 .8.47 .8.48 .8.49 .8.50 .8.51 .8.52 .8.53 .8.54 .8.55 .8.56 .8.57 .8.57A .8.58 .8.59 .8.60 .8.61 .8.62 .8.63 .8.64 .8.65 .8.66 .8.67 .8.68 .8.69 .8.70 .8.71 .8.72 .8.73 .8.74 Extinctor de incendios - clase B, E, 2 kg Extinctor de incendios - clase B, E, 6 kg Detector de humo Hornillo de mesa - una plancha Hornillo de mesa - dos p l a n c h a s Hornillo a queroseno - un quemador Hornillo a queroseno - dos quemadores Calentador de agua eléctrico Abrelatas manual Vajilla de plastico Linterna a queroseno - tipo de presión Camisa de seda Linterna a queroseno - tipo no presurizado Mechas, p a r a l i n t e r n a s a queroseno Saco de dormir Tienda de campaña p a r a p a s a r la noche Refrigerador - 60 litros Refrigerador - 160 litros Refrigerador con congelador Caja refrigeradora Nevera Aspiradora Ventilador de mesa Ventilador de techo Acondicionador de aire - 2.5 kWh Acondicionador de aire - 3-2 kWh Soplador de aire caliente Calentador a queroseno Mechas, p a r a calentador a queroseno Linterna eléctrica Generador - 300 W Generador - 1500 W Estabilizador de voltaje - 1000 W Estabilizador de voltaje - 2000 W Bateria s t a n d a r d tipo R6 (IEC) Bateria tipo alcalino R6 (IEC) Bateria recargable R6 (IEC) Cargador u n i v e r s a l p a r a b a t e r í a s Bateria s t a n d a r d R14 (IEC) Bateria tipo alcalino R14 (IEC) Bateria recargable R14 (IEC) Bateria s t a n d a r d R20 (IEC) Bateria tipo alcalino R20 (IEC) Bateria recargable R20 (IEC) Bateria s t a n d a r d 6F-22 (IEC) Bateria tipo alcalino 6F-22 (IEC) -236- ILO Date: 1 1 1 TECHNICAL CO-OPERATION EQUIPîCNT AND SUBCONTRACTING BRANCH (EQUIPRO) 1 Request 1 No.: I EQUIPMENT REQUEST I Month and year required: 1 Prepared by: I Project No.: Country: Port of entry: Centre/final destination: Workshop: CTA's name and signature: Name, title and signature of authorised Government official: Proposed mode of transport: Language of related documentation: Electricity supply: Request Item No. Single Phase V AC Three Phase V AC Specifications/descriptions ILO Form 694 (Rev. 1984) -237- Frequency Hz Qty Remarks "equivalent to ..." e.g. EPG item no. - 2 - Request Item No. Speci fications/descriptions -238ILO Form 694(2) (Rev. 1984) Qty Remarks "equivalent to ... e.g. EPG item no. LIST OF ILO EQUIPMENT PLANNING GUIDES Pages Title Guide No. 1 Machining and Fitting Occupations 2 Tool a n d Die Making 2U 3 Welding 113 U Sheetmetal 5 Automotive (second 6 Plumbing/Pipe Fitting Occupations 7 Forging/Foundry/Heat Treatment 8 Carpentry and 9 Electrical 189 Occupations Occupations US (revised) edition) 250 121 in preparation Joinery 134 Occupations 167 10 Electronics 11 Radio a n d T e l e v i s i o n 12 Masonry 13 L a y o u t s , Space R e q u i r e m e n t s F a c i l i t i e s for C l a s s r o o m s , L a b o r a t o r i e s a n d Workshops U Refrigeration 15 A u d i o - V i s u a l , D r a u g h t i n g , Office, Reproduction and other a n c i l l a r y Equipment a n d Supplies 240 16 Hotel a n d 222 17 Forestry 276 a n d Air Repair 139 and Conditioning Catering in preparation in preparation U9 230 -239- ILO T e c h n i c a l C o - o p e r a t i o n and Subcontracting Branch CH-1211 GENEVA 22 Switzerland Reference: The following Equipment (EQUIPRO) ILO Equipment P l a n n i n g Guide No. 15 A u d i o v i s u a l , d r a u g h t i n g , office, r e p r o d u c t i o n and other a n c i l l a r y equipment and supplies s u g g e s t i o n s a r e g i v e n to i m p r o v e t h e Name: Institution: Address: Signature: Date: -240- guide: